Sie sind auf Seite 1von 327

0 -- 01

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL


P: 1 032 PK
AFM L.T.R. EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

.
No EDITION
DESTROYED
INSERTION NAME OR
TR DATE DATE REMARKS

AT REV 11
01 NOV 05 TR 32 -- 33 DGAC
DATED OCT 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 – 02
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 95 Introduction of TCAS 2.05 – 5.02 – 5.04


Mod 3625 7.01.04

OCT 95 Improvement of graphs computation 6.06

NOV 95 Introduction of Mod 4450 (Landing flaps 25o) 3.04 – 3.05 – 4.05
5.04 – 6.01 – 6.05
6.06 – 7.01.01 –
7.01.03 – 7.03.01

FEB 96 Introduction of dispatch procedures 7.02


Procedures changes 3.06 – 4.03 – 4.04
5.04
Minor changes 1.02 – 2.03– 3.00
3.06 – 7.01.06
7.03.01

MAR 96 Modification of ATR400 design weights 2.02


Engine limitation change 2.04
Introduction of dispatch procedures (42–400) 7.02
Typing error 2.03 – 7.01.01
R APR 96 Introduction of Mod 4564 (42–500) (Take off 3.03 – 3.04 – 5.03
flaps 25o) 6.01 – 6.03 – 6.06
7.02 – 7.03
Introduction of Mod 4462 (42–500) (VFE 2.03
increased)

Introduction of Mod 4403 + 4404 7.01.05


(Steep slope approach)

Container transportation (pages to be deleted) 2.00 – 2.05

Introduction of Mod 4601 (Modification of 3.04


PWR MGT selector)

Introduction of Mod 4618 (42–400) 7.01.01

ATR42 Model : 400–500


AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 – 02 Date de révision
antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
OCT 98
AFM R.T.R. DGAC
APPROVED MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 96 Introduction of Mod 4372 (Aileron spring tab) 3.04 – 6.01 – 6.03
and Mod 4540 (flaps vane deletion) 6.04 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.01.03 – 7.03.01

Enforcement of “Consigne de navigabilité 2.01 – 2.05 – 2.06


no 96–208–067 (B)” 3.04 – 4.00 – 4.05

NOV 96 Introduction of Mod 4711 (ETOPS operations) 7.01.08

JAN 97 Introduction of Mod 4718 7.00.00 – 7.01.09


(operations on narrow runways)

JUN 97 Introduction of Mod 4654 2–05


(installation of GNSS HT 1000)

OCT 97 Modification of the procedure for 7.01.05


Mod 4403 + 4404 : Steep Slope Approach
(introduction of a STEEP APP push button)

ETOPS maximum diversion time is 90 minutes 7.01.08

JAN 98 Improvement of Missed Approach procedure 3.05

Tail wind limit 2.03

Wind limits in CAT II (Mod 4583) 7.01.03

Introduction of Mod 4885 and introduction of 2.05


BRNAV capacity for GNSS HT 1000

APR 98 Introduction of Mod 4890 : 2.05


GPS KLN90B/BRNAV

OCT 98 Introduction of Mod 3832 (TCAS) for 2.05 – 5.02 – 5.04


ATR42–400 7.01.04 – 7.02.11

Introduction of Mod 4971 : operations on 7.01.10


runways with slope beyond 2%

Introduction of Mod 5022 : new version of GPS 2.05


KLN90B/BRNAV

Transport container and ETOPS capability 7.01.08


AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 – 02
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 98 Introduction of Mod 5038 (ATR42–500) 7.01.07


Dry unpaved runways
FEB 99 Severe icing : improvement of detection and 2.06 – 3.04 – 4.05
procedures
APR 99 Modification of “Unpaved Runways” appendix 7.00.00
7.01.07
FEB 00 Introduction of Mod :
5175 : Increase MZFW by 300 Kg. 2.02
MAY 00 Introduction of Mod 5021 : 2.05
Install KLN90B on GNSS/GPS bus wiring
provision
SEP 00 Introduction of Mod 4972 : 7.01.05
Steep Slope Manual Approach with
performance credit
OCT 00 Introduction of Mod 5243 : 2.05
Dual HT1000 GNSS

Landing Procedure Modification 3.05

Use of Fluids Type II or IV 7.01.12

Dispatch with AFU Inoperative 7.02.06 – 7.02.08


7.02.10
DEC 00 Introduction of Mod 5262; capability for : 7.01.05
– Flaps 35 Steep Slope Approach
– Flaps 25 Normal Approach.
MAY 01 ETOPS : Extension to 120 min. 7.01.08
SEP 01 Take Off after use of type II or IV fluids 7.01.12
AUG 02 Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03
FEB 03 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01.13
Cockpit Door Locking System
MAY 03 Introduction of modifications 5451+5452 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge
AUG 03 Introduction of modification 8339 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge (delete 19 pax limitation)
OCT 03 Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05
JUN 04 Introduction of mod 5467 : EGPWS 3.07
SEP 04 FUEL LEAK procedure amendment 5.04
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 02
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA
APPROVED OCT 07

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 05 Introduction of Mod 5567 MPC 7.01.15


Introduction of Mod 5570 Enhanced Surveillance 7.01.16
NOV 05 Introduction of Mod 5506 ACARS 7.01.17
AUG 07 IAC Supplement for Operations in CIS countries 7.09
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-04 page 1-032

ATR L.E.T.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of EffectiveTemporary Pages

You must hold in your manual the following pages


Issue P CH SE Page Seq Date Label Modification expression
Validity expression

REV12 0 01 001 032 OCT 07 L.T.R. PK


ALL
REV12 0 02 001 001 MAR 97 R.T.R.
ALL
REV12 0 02 002 001 MAY 99 R.T.R.
ALL
REV12 0 02 003 001 MAY 05 R.T.R.
ALL
REV12 0 02 004 001 OCT 07 R.T.R.
ALL
REV12 0 04 001 032 OCT 07 L.E.T.P. PK
ALL

End PK
0 -- 05
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM L.N.R. EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

N0 INSERTED
EASA APPROVED
REV DATE

10 MAY 05 EASA APPROVAL 01013

11 OCT 06 EASA APPROVAL 01300

12 OCT 07 P--EASA.A.A.01623

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 95 Introduction of 42–400 model ALL

Introduction of Mod 4273 (container 3.06 – 4.03


transportation) 7.01.06

Pages to be deleted 4.03 – 6.01

Whitening of temporary revisions 2.05 – 3.04 – 3.05


no 01, 02 and 03 4.05 – 5.02 – 5.04
6.01 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.01.01 – 7.01.03
7.01.04 – 7.03.01

R MAR 97 Whitening of temporary revisions no 04, 05, 06, 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.01
07, 08 and 09 2.02 – 2.03 – 2.04
2.05 – 2.06 – 3.00
3.03 – 3.04 – 3.06
4.00 – 4.03 – 4.04
4.05 – 5.03 – 5.04
6.01 – 6.03 – 6.04
6.05 – 6.06 –
7.00.00 – 7.01.01
7.01.03 – 7.01.05
7.01.06 – 7.01.08
7.01.09 – 7.02.01
7.02.02 – 7.02.03
7.02.04 – 7.02.05
7.02.06 – 7.02.07
7.02.08 – 7.02.10
7.02.11 – 7.02.12
7.03.01

Change in limitation chapter 2.04

Procedure improvement 3.01 – 3.02 – 4.04


5.04 – 7.02.03
7.02.11

Graph improvement or correction 6.03 – 6.06


7.01.03 – 7.02.01
7.02.03 – 7.02.05
7.02.06 – 7.02.07
7.02.10 – 7.02.11
7.03.01

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

Wording and lay out improvement, typing errors 1.02 – 3.07 – 5.04
6.00 – 6.01 – 6.03
6.04 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.01.02 – 7.01.03
7.01.04 – 7.01.08
7.02.03 – 7.03.01

Pages to be deleted 4.04 – 5.04


7.02.03

Change in the TCAS Modification Number: 3832 2.05 – 5.02 – 5.04


instead of 3625 7.01.04 – 7.02.11

MAY 98 Introduction of Modification 4439 : installation of 2.02


a vertical fin with a carbon epoxy box

Introduction of Modification 4597 : anti–mod of 2.05


modification 3952 (GPS KLN90A)

Introduction of Modification 1742 : anti–mod of 3.04 – 5.04


modification 1553

GPS/GNSS/B–RNAV nomenclature 1.02

Final take–off K.VSR in icing conditions 3.04

Updated FWD and AFT SMOKE procedures 4.03

Updated PEC FAULT procedure 5.04

Wording, layout, minor corrections 6.01 – 6.03 –


7.02.03 – 7.03.01

V1 limited by VMCG with BLEED OFF 6.03 – 7.01.09


7.03.01

Reverser effect on wet/contaminated runway 6.03 – 7.03.01

Wording for normal/icing conditions 6.06 – 7.01.03

Dispatch with one torque indicator inoperative 7.02.09

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 99 Temporary revisions to be turned to white ( TR14 2.05 – 2.06 – 3.04


to TR17) 4.05 – 5.02 – 5.04
7.01.04 – 7.01.07
7.01.08 – 7.01.10

Introduction of Modification 5150 : 2.02


(forward CG limit)

Introduction of Modification 5020 : 2.05


(New numbering for HT 1000)

Introduction of Modification 5067 or 5171: 2.05


(Photoluminescent floor path marking)

Introduction of Modification 8232 : 7.01.11


(Power plant)

Introduction of Modification 4273 : 7.01.06


(Container transport ATR 400)

Procedure improvement 2.05 – 4.04


7.01.04 – 7.01.07

Graph improvement 6.03 – 7.03.01

introduction of a new appendix 7.01.11

Engine operating limits 2.04

Wording and layout improvement , typing errors 1.03 – 2.00 – 2.05


2.06– 5.04 – 6.03
7.00.00 – 7.02.03
7.02.09 – 7.03.01

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 01

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 00 Temporary revisions to be turned to white 2.02 – 2.05


(TR18 and 19)
Introduction of Mod 5176 2.05
GNSS – load software final baseline
Pages to be deleted 5.02 – 5.04 –
7.02.11
Introduction of New Appendix 7.00.00 – 7.01.12

Procedure improvement 2.04 –


3.04 – 3.05 –
4.03 –4.05 –
7.01.07 – 7.02.00

Graph improvement 1.03 – 6.03

Management of the manual about TCAS 2.05 – 7.01.04

Wording and layout improvement , typing errors 1.01 – 2.05


7.00.00 – 7.01.03
7.01.04 – 7.03.01

MAY 01 Temporary revisions to be turned white 2.05 – 3.05


(TR 20 to 23) 7.01.05 – 7.01.12
7.02.06 – 7.02.08
7.02.10

Introduction of modifications :
8259 : Install Collins ATC on King 2.05 – 7.01.04
Avionics
5205 : ATC/TCAS – Acquire altitude via BUS 7.01.04
ARINC 429

ETOPS 7.01.08

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 02 Temporary revision to be turned to white TR24 7.01.12

Introduction of modifications :
5310 : Enhanced GPWS provision with GPWS 7.01.05
MK VIII
5313 : Enhanced GPWS activation with GPWS 2.00 – 2.05
MK VIII 3.00 – 3.07 – 4.05
5357 : Steep slope approach with GPWS 7.01.05
MK VIII

Typing error 4.02


MAY 03 Temporary revisions to be turned to white
TR25 Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03
TR26 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01.13
Cockpit Door Locking System

Introduction of modifications :
4580 : Landing Flaps 25 (equivalent with 4450) 3.04 – 3.05 – 5.04
6.01 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.01 – 7.03
5403 : GNSS HT1000 P–RNAV 2.05
5451 : Government Polynesian Cabin Conf 7.01.14

Trims checks updating 3.01 – 3.02

ELEC SMK procedure : adding of 4.03


DC SVCE & UTLY BUS ... OFF item

Steep Slope Approach prohibited for : 4.05 – 5.04


Severe Icing, Reduced Flaps Landing,
Pitch Disconnect,
Layout of part 1.02 and impact of EGPWS 1.02

Flaps failure during CAT II approach : wording 7.01.03

Limitations regarding TCAS Resolution Advisory 7.01.04

Harmonization with FAA for supplements :


– Dispatch with one wheel brake 7.02.04
deactivated or removed
– Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative 7.02.05

LBA supplement creation 7.04

Various 7.00.00

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 04 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR28 : Introduction of modification 8339 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge (delete 19 pax limitation)
TR29 : Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05

Securized Cockpit Door Jammed Procedure 7.01.13


improvement

Use of JP4 is prohibited (SFAR88) 2.04

Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited 2.05

Severe Icing Limitations Updating 2.06

Introduction of FUEL LEAK procedure 5.04

Examples for Obstacles Calculations 6.03 – 6.06

Abbreviations updating 1.02

Typing error : note which does not apply to MCT 2.04

MAY 05 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR30 : Introduction of modification 5467 : 2.05 – 3.00
Enhanced GPWS 3.07 – 4.05
TR31 : FUEL LEAK procedure improvement 5.04

EASA/DGAC Approval 1.01

Limitations of minimum fuel temperature : 2.04


to ensure adequate relight

Steep Slope Approach : ≥4.5_ (not >) 5.04

Introduction of modification 5465 7.01.13


New Securized Cockpit Door Fittings

Correction of supplement graphs 7.02

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED OCT 07

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 06 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR32 : Introduction of Mod 5567 MPC 7.01.15
Introduction of Mod 5570 Enhanced Surveillance 7.01.16
TR33 : Introduction of Mod 5506 ACARS 7.01.17

Use of JET B is prohibited (SFAR88) 2.04

Cockpit Checks Preparation Trims Title 3.00

EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05

FUEL LO LVL procedure harmonization 5.04

New Appendices Titles 7.00.00

TCAS new wording for Traffic Advisory case 7.01.04

Graphs Correction Dispatch Cases 7.02.01


for LDG GEAR DOWN effects 7.02.11

OCT 07 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR34 : IAC.AR Supplement 2.04 -- 7.00 -- 7.09

Emergency Procedures amendment 4

Titles Updating 7.00.00

Reserved Appendix 7.01.07

High Latitudes Operations appendix 7.01.18

Numbering harminzation for Dry Unpaved 7.01--19


Runways Appendix

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 1-032

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

...... 0 01 001 032 OCT 07 L.T.R. PK

...... 0 02 004 001 OCT 07 R.T.R.

...... 0 04 001 032 OCT 07 L.E.T.P. PK

...... 0 05 004 001 OCT 07 L.N.R.

...... 0 06 007 001 OCT 07 R.N.R.

...... 0 08 001 032 OCT 07 L.E.N.P. PK

...... 0 09 001 032 OCT 07 L.O.M. PK

...... 0 10 001 032 OCT 07 C.R.T. PK

...... 2 04 004 001 OCT 07

...... 4 00 001 001 OCT 07

...... 4 02 001 001 OCT 07

...... 4 02 002 001 OCT 07

...... 4 03 001 001 OCT 07

...... 4 03 002 001 OCT 07

...... 4 03 003 001 OCT 07

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 2-032

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

...... 4 03 004 001 OCT 07

...... 4 04 001 001 OCT 07

...... 4 05 001 001 OCT 07

...... 4 05 002 001 OCT 07

DESTROY 4 05 002 020 MAY 05 MOD 5313 or 5467

...... 4 05 003 001 OCT 07

DESTROY 4 05 003 020 MAY 05 MOD 5313 or 5467

...... 4 05 004 001 OCT 07

...... 7 00 00 001 001 OCT 07

DESTROY 7 01 07 001 001 MAY 99

ADD 7 01 18 001 001 OCT 07

ADD 7 01 19 001 001 OCT 07

End PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 1-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

You must hold in your manual the following normal pages


M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label
Validity expression

NORMAL REVISION N° 12

0 00 001 001 DEC 95 COVER PAGE


ALL
R 0 01 001 032 OCT 07 L.T.R. PK
ALL
0 02 001 001 MAR 97 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 002 001 MAY 99 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 003 001 MAY 05 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 02 004 001 OCT 07 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 04 001 032 OCT 07 L.E.T.P. PK
ALL
0 05 001 001 MAY 98 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 002 001 MAY 02 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 003 001 MAY 04 L.N.R.
ALL
R 0 05 004 001 OCT 07 L.N.R.
ALL
0 06 001 001 MAR 97 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 002 001 MAY 99 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 003 001 MAY 99 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 004 001 MAY 01 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 005 001 MAY 03 R.N.R.
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 2-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

0 06 006 001 MAY 05 R.N.R.


ALL
R 0 06 007 001 OCT 07 R.N.R.
ALL
R 0 08 001 032 OCT 07 L.E.N.P. PK
ALL
R 0 09 001 032 OCT 07 L.O.M. PK
ALL
R 0 10 001 032 OCT 07 C.R.T. PK
ALL
1 00 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
1 01 001 001 MAY 05
ALL
1 02 001 001 MAY 98
ALL
1 02 002 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 003 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 004 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 005 001 MAY 04
ALL
1 02 006 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 007 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 008 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 02 009 001 MAY 03
ALL
1 03 001 001 MAY 00
ALL
2 00 001 001 MAY 02
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 3-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

2 01 001 001 MAY 98


ALL
2 02 001 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
2 02 002 110 MAY 99 ATR42-500 MOD 5150
ALL
2 03 001 050 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4462
ALL
2 03 002 001 MAY 98
ALL
2 04 001 001 MAY 04 PW127E
ALL
2 04 002 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
2 04 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
R 2 04 004 001 OCT 07
ALL
2 05 001 001 MAY 04 PW127E
ALL
2 05 002 050 MAY 01 MOD 3832
ALL
2 05 003 500 MAY 03 MOD 5403
ALL
2 05 004 100 MAY 99 MOD 5067 or 5171
ALL
2 05 005 020 MAY 05 MOD 5313 or 5467
ALL
2 06 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
2 06 002 001 MAY 04
ALL
3 00 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
3 01 001 001 MAY 03
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 4-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

3 02 001 001 MAY 03 PW127E


ALL
3 03 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
3 04 001 160 MAY 00 ATR42-500 MOD 4601
ALL
3 04 002 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
3 04 003 001 DEC 95
ALL
3 05 001 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL
3 06 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
3 07 001 040 MAY 05 MOD 5467
ALL
3 07 002 040 MAY 05 MOD 5467
ALL
R 4 00 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
4 01 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
R 4 02 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 02 002 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 03 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 03 002 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 03 003 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 03 004 001 OCT 07
ALL
4 03 005 001 DEC 95
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 5-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 4 04 001 001 OCT 07


ALL
R 4 05 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 05 002 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 05 003 001 OCT 07
ALL
R 4 05 004 001 OCT 07
ALL
4 05 005 001 MAY 04
ALL
4 05 006 001 MAY 04
ALL
5 00 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 01 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 02 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 02 002 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 02 003 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 03 001 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
5 03 002 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 04 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
5 04 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
5 04 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
5 04 004 001 DEC 95
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 6-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

5 04 005 140 MAY 05 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)


ALL
5 04 006 001 MAY 05
ALL
5 04 007 001 MAY 99
ALL
5 04 008 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 04 009 001 MAR 97
ALL
5 04 010 001 MAY 98
ALL
5 04 011 001 MAY 99
ALL
5 04 012 001 MAY 99
ALL
5 04 013 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 04 014 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 04 015 001 DEC 95
ALL
5 04 016 001 MAY 99
ALL
5 04 017 001 MAY 99
ALL
5 04 018 001 MAY 99
ALL
6 00 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 01 002 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 01 003 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 7-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 01 004 001 DEC 95


ALL
6 01 005 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 01 006 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 007 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 008 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 008A 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL
6 01 009 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 009A 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL
6 01 010 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 011 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 011A 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL
6 01 012 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 012A 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD (4450 or 4580)
ALL
6 02 001 001 DEC 95 PW127E
ALL
6 02 002 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 02 003 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 001 001 MAY 98 PW127E
ALL
6 03 002 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 8-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E


ALL
6 03 004 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
6 03 005 001 MAY 98
ALL
6 03 006 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 03 007 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 008 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 009 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 009A 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 010 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 011 001 MAY 00 PW127E
ALL
6 03 012 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 012A 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 013 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 014 001 MAY 00 PW127E
ALL
6 03 015 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 015A 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 016 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
6 03 016A 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 9-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 017 001 MAY 95 PW127E


ALL
6 03 018 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 019 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 03 020 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 021 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 022 001 MAY 04 PW127E
ALL
6 03 023 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 024 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 025 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 026 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 027 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 028 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 03 029 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 030 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 04 001 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
6 04 002 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 05 001 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
6 05 002 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 10-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 05 003 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540


ALL
6 05 003A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
6 05 004 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 05 004A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
6 06 001 001 MAY 04
ALL
6 06 002 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
6 06 003 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 004 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 005 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 006 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 007 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 008 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 008B 001 MAY 04
ALL
6 06 009 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 010 170 MAY 04 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 011 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 012 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
6 06 012A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 11-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 06 013 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540


ALL
6 06 013A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
R 7 00 00 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
7 01 01 001 350 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
7 01 02 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 002 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 003 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 004 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 005 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 006 001 MAY 95 PW127E
ALL
7 01 03 001 200 MAY 03 MOD 1112 +(4450 or 4580) +4583
ALL
7 01 03 002 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 003 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 004 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 005 110 MAY 00 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 006 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 006A 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 1112 +(4450 or 4580)
ALL
7 01 03 007 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 12-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 03 008 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112


ALL
7 01 03 009 150 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 1112 +(4450 or 4580)
ALL
7 01 03 010 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 011 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 012 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 1112 +4372 +4540
ALL
7 01 03 012A 270 MAY 03 PW127EMOD 1112 +4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
7 01 03 013 170 MAY 98 MOD 1112 +4372 +4540
ALL
7 01 03 013A 270 MAY 03 PW127EMOD 1112 +4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
7 01 04 001 050 OCT 06 MOD 3832 or 8259
ALL
7 01 04 002 050 MAY 01 MOD 3832 or 8259
ALL
7 01 04 003 050 MAY 01 MOD 3832 or 8259
ALL
7 01 04 004 050 MAY 01 MOD 3832 or 8259
ALL
7 01 04 005 100 MAY 01 MOD (3832 or 8259) +5205
ALL
7 01 05 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 06 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 08 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 01 09 001 110 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4718
ALL
7 01 09 002 110 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4718
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 13-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 10 001 001 MAY 98


ALL
7 01 11 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 01 12 001 001 MAY 02
ALL
7 01 12 001A 001 MAY 02
ALL
7 01 12 001B 001 MAY 02
ALL
7 01 13 001 100 MAY 03 MOD 5377 +5434
ALL
7 01 13 002 200 MAY 05 MOD 5465
ALL
7 01 14 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 01 15 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 15 002 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 16 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 17 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
N 7 01 18 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
N 7 01 19 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
7 02 00 001 001 MAY 00
ALL
7 02 01 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 02 01 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 01 003 001 OCT 06 PW127E
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 14-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 01 004 001 OCT 06 PW127E


ALL
7 02 02 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 02 03 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 03 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 03 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 03 004 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 03 005 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 04 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 02 05 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 02 05 002 001 MAY 03 PW127E
ALL
7 02 06 001 001 MAY 01
ALL
7 02 06 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 06 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 06 004 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 07 001 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 07 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 07 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 07 004 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 15-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 07 005 001 MAR 97 PW127E


ALL
7 02 08 001 001 MAY 01
ALL
7 02 09 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 002 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 003 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 004 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 005 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 006 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 09 007 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 09 008 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 09 009 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 09 010 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 09 011 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 02 10 001 001 MAY 01
ALL
7 02 10 002 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 10 003 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 10 004 001 MAR 97 PW127E
ALL
7 02 11 001 001 MAR 97
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 16-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 11 002 001 OCT 06 PW127E


ALL
7 02 11 003 001 OCT 06 PW127E
ALL
7 02 12 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 03 01 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 03 01 001A 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 03 01 002 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 003 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 004 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 005 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 006 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 007 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 008 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 009 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 010 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 011 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 012 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 013 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 014 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 17-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 015 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540


ALL
7 03 01 016 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 017 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 018 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 019 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 020 170 MAY 99 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 021 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 022 170 MAR 97 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 022B 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 022D 001 MAY 99 PW127E
ALL
7 03 01 023 001 MAY 00
ALL
7 03 01 024 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 024A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
7 03 01 025 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 03 01 026 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL
7 03 01 026A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540
ALL
7 03 01 027 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 03 01 028 170 MAY 98 PW127E MOD 4372 +4540
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 18-032

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 028A 270 MAY 03 PW127E MOD 4372 +(4450 or 4580) +4540


ALL
7 03 01 029 001 DEC 95
ALL

End PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 1-032

ATR L.O.M.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

1112 7 AUTO FLIGHT - RETROFIT CAT 2


CAPABILITY TO A/C DELIVERED CAT 1
CAPABILITY
ALL
3832 2-7 NAVIGATION - REPLACE COLLINS TCAS
COMPUTER
ALL
4372 3-6-7 FLIGHT CONTROLS - AILERONS
CONTROLS - INSTALL SPRING TAB WITH
'ANTI-RAFALE' SYSTEM
ALL
4403 7 NAVIGATION - INSTALL SUNDSTRAND
MK7 GPWS
ALL
4462 2 GENERAL - INCREASE ATR42-500 VFE 15
FROM 170 TO 180 KT
ALL
4540 3-6-7 WINGS - INB & OUTB FLAPS - DELETE
DEFLECTORS
ALL
4580 3-6-7 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS -
PROVIDE LANDING WITH FLAPS 25
ALL
4583 7 AUTOFLIGHT - AUTOPILOT - IMPROVE
GLIDE GUIDANCE LAW
ALL
4601 3 PROPELLERS - PROPELLER CONTROL -
DELETE 77% NP
ALL
4718 7 GENERAL - ATR42-500 NARROW
RUNWAYS OPERATIONS
ALL
5020 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALL HT1000 ON
GNSS/GPS BUS WIRING PROVISION

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 2-032

ATR L.O.M.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

ALL
5067 2 LIGHTS - PAX COMPARTMENT EXT.
LIGHTING - REPLACE ESCAPE PATH
MARKING SYSTEM
ALL
5150 2 STRUCTURE - EXTENSION OF THE FWD
CG LIMITS
ALL
5176 2 NAVIGATION - GNSS - LOAD SOFTWARE
FINAL BASINE
ALL
5205 7 NAVIGATION - ATC/TCAS - ACQUIRE
ALTITUDE VIA BUS ARINC 429
ALL
5310 3 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII
ALL
5313 2-3-4 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII -
ENHANCED PART ACTIVATION
ALL
5377 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - WIRING FOR
COCKPIT ENTRANCE SECURISED
ALL
5403 2 NAVIGATION - CERTIFICATION OF GNSS
P-RNAV
ALL
5434 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - INSTALL
DOOR ON ELECTRICAL PROVISION
ALL
5465 7 EQUIPMENTS/FURNISHINGS -
SECURIZED DOOR
ALL
5467 3 NAVIGATION - NEW EGPWS MKVIII
ALL
5567 NAVIGATION - MPC
ALL

Turn PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 3-032

ATR L.O.M.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

5570 ENHANCED SURVEILLANCE


ALL

End PK
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-10 page 1-032

ATR C.R.T.
EASA OCT 07
42-400/500 Cross Reference Table

This table shows, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between :
- the fleet serial number (F.S.N.)
- the manufacturing serial number (M.S.N.)
- the registration number
It is the F.S.N. which appears in the L.E.N.P. or L.E.T.P.

F.S.N. M.S.N. REGISTRATION

PK0501 0645 AP-BHH


PK0502 0653 AP-BHI
PK0503 0657 AP-BHJ
PK0504 0659 AP-BHM
PK0505 0661 AP-BHN
PK0506 0663 AP-BHO
PK0507 0665 AP-BHP

End PK
1 –00 Date de révision
GENERAL antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM CONTENTS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

1 . 00 – CONTENTS

1 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

1 . 02 – PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS
DEFINITION OF WORDING
UNIT CONVERSION
GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

1 . 03 – 3 VIEW DRAWING

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR 42 model : 400 – 500


1 –01 Date de révision
GENERAL antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA
APPROVED MAY 05 DEC 95
MAY 00

The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) is related to a specific airplane whose


R model is specified on the heading page. It is approved by : EASA.
NOTE : “DGAC APPROVED” is kept on pages created/revised before EASA
creation. This mention is changed to “EASA APPROVED” for all new or
revised pages.

ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

The AFM contents are divided in seven chapters :


1 – General
2 – Limitations
3 – Normal procedures
4 – Emergency procedures
5 – Procedures following failure
6 – Performance
7 – Appendices and supplements

Preliminary pages include all approval references and define the updating
R status of the list of effective pages :
– for the airlines manual
– for the envelope manual (covering all the airlines manuals).
The pages are numbered per chapter and section

Applicability of each page is identified at the bottom of the page by :


– model
– engine (if necessary)
– modification number (if any)
NOTE : Unless otherwise specified at the bottom of the page its content is valid
for all models mentioned on the heading page (0.00 page 1).

ATR 42 model : 400 – 500


1 –02
GENERAL MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
DEC 95
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 98

1 . 02 . 01 – DEFINITION OF WORDING

Note : An operating procedure, technique etc... considered


essential to emphasize

CAUTION : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in damage to equipment if not carefully followed

WARNING : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in injury or loss of life if not carefully followed.

1 . 02 . 02 – UNIT CONVERSION

Weight 1 kg = 2.2046 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg

Length – Altitude
R Distance 1 m = 3.2808 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
R 1 m = 39.3701 in 1 in = 0.0254 m

Pressure 1 HPa = 0.0145 psi 1 psi = 69 HPa

Temperature 1° C = ( 1° F – 32 ) x .555 1° F = 1° C x 1.8 + 32

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL DEC 95
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 98
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE


AAS Anti–icing Advisory System
A/C Aircraft
AC Alternating Current
ACW Alternating Current Wild Frequency
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finding
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADU Advisory Display Unit
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
A/FEATH Automatic Feathering
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AFT Rear Part
AFU Auto Feathering Unit
AGL Above Ground Level
AH Ampere – Hours
AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System
AHRU Attitude and Heading Reference Unit
AIR COND Air Conditioning
ALT Altitude
ANN Annunciator
AP Auto–Pilot
APP Approach
ARM Armed
ASCB Avionics Standard Communications Bus
ASD Acceleration Stop Distance
ASI Air Speed Indicator
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATPCS Automatic Take off Power Control System
ATT Attitude
ATTND Attendant
AUTO Automatic
AUX Auxiliary
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL DEC 95
PAGE : 3 001 MAR 97
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED MAY 03

R 1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


BARO Barometric
BAT Battery
BC Back Course
BPCU Bus Power Control Unit
BPU Battery Protection Unit
BRK Brake
B–RNAV Basic area navigation
BRT Bright
BTC Bus Tie Contactor
BTR Bus Tie Relay
BXR Battery Transfer Relay
CAB Cabin
CAP Crew Alerting Panel
CAPT Captain
CAS Calibrated Air Speed
CAT Category
C/B Circuit Breaker
CCAS Centralized Crew Alerting System
CDI Course Deviation indicator
CFC Constant Frequency Contactor
CG Center of Gravity
CHC Charge Contactor
CH Charge – Channel
CHG Charger
CL Condition Lever
CLA Condition Lever Angle
CLB Climb
CLR Clear
CM Crew Member
COM Communication
COMPT Compartment
CONFIG Configuration
CONT Continuous
CORRECT Correction
CPL Auto Pilot Coupling
CR Cruise
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
CRS Course
CRT Cathodic ray tube
CRZ Cruise
CTL Control
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL DEC 95
PAGE : 4 001 FEB 96
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED MAY 03
MAY 98

R 1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


dB Decibel
DC Direct Current
DEC Declination Decrease
DELTA P Differential Pressure
DEV Deviation
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DG.C Celsius Degree
DGR Degraded
DH Decision Height
DIFF Differential
DIM Light Dimmer
DISH Discharge
DIST Distance
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DN Down
DSPL Display
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
EEC Electronic Engine Control
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGHR External Ground Handling Relay
EHSI Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
ELEC Electrical
ELV Elevation
EMER Emergency
ENG Engine
EPC External Power Contactor
ET Elapsed Time
ETOPS Extended Twin Engine Operations
EXT Exterior, External
EXC External Power/Service Bus Contactor
FAIL Failed, Failure
FD Flight Director
FDAU Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FDEP Flight Data Entry Panel
FEATH Feather, Feathering
FF Fuel Flow
FI Flight Idle
FL Flight Level
FLT Flight
F/O First Officier
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL
DEC 95
PAGE : 5 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS MAR 97
DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED MAY 98
MAY 03
1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)
FT, ft Foot, Feet
FTR Feather
FU Fuel Used
FWD Forward
GA Go around
GAL Galley
GC Generator Contactor
GCU Generator Control Unit
GD Gear Down
GEN Generator
GI Ground Idle
GMT Greenwitch Mean Time
GND Ground
GPS Global positioning system
GPU Ground Power Unit
R (E)GPWS (Enhanced) Ground Proximity Warning System
G/S Glide Slope
GU Gear Up
HD Head Down
HDG Heading
HF High Frequency
HI High
HLD Hold
HMU Hydromechanical Unit
HP High Pressure
HPa Hecto Pascal
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HYD Hydraulic
IAF Initial Approach Fix
IAS Indicated Air Speed
IDT Ident
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IN, in Inch(es)
INC Increase
IND Indicator
IN/HG Inches of Mercury
INHI Inhibit
INST Instrument
INT Interphone
INV Inverter
ISOL Isolation
ITT Inter Turbine Temperature

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL
DEC 95
PAGE : 6 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 03

1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


R
Kg, KG Kilogramme
KHZ Kilo – Hertz
KT, kt Knot
LB Pound
LBA Lowest Blade Angle
LDG Landing
L/G Landing Gear
LH Left Hand
LIM Limitation
L–NAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localiser
LO PR Low Pressure
LT Light
LVL Level
M, m Meter
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MAP Ground Mapping
MAX Maximum
MBE Maximum Brake Energy
MC Master Caution
MCT Maximum Continuous
MEA Minimum en Route Altitude
MFC Multi Function Computer
MGT Management
MHZ Megahertz
MIC Microphone
MIN Minimum
MKR Marker
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
mn Minute
MRW Maximum Ramp Weight
MW Master Warning
MTOW Maximum Take–off Weight
NAV Navigation
NDB Non Directional Bearing
NEG Negative
NH High Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NIL Nothing, No object
NM Nautical Mile
NORM Normal
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL DEC 95
PAGE : 7 001 MAY 98
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

R 1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


NP Propeller Rotation Speed
N/W Nose Wheel
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCL Obstacle Clearance Limit
OUTB Outboard
OVBD Overboard
OVHT Overheat
OVRD Override
OXY Oxygen
PA Passenger Adress
PAX Passenger
PB Push Button
PEC Propeller Electronic Control
PF Pilot Flying
PIT Pitch
PL Power Lever
PLA Power Lever Angle
PNF Pilot Non Flying
PNL Panel
POS Position
R P–RNAV Precision Area Navigation
PR Pressure
PRESS Pressurization, Pressure
PRKG Parking
PROP Propeller
PSI Pound per Square Inch
PT Point
PTT Push to Talk, Push to Test
PWR Power
QFU Runway Heading
QTY Quantity
RA Radio Altitude
RAD/INT Radio/Interphone
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RCAU Remote Control Audio Unit
RCDR Recorder
RCL Recall
RCU Rudder releasable Centering Unit
RECIRC Recirculation
REF Reference
REV Reverse
RH Right Hand
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL DEC 95
PAGE : 8 001 MAY 98
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

R 1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RQD Required
RTO Reserve Take–off
RUD Rudder
RWY Runway
SAT Static Air Temperature
SBY Stand By
SC Single Chime, Starter Contactor
SEL Selector
SGL Single
SGU Symbol Generator Unit
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SO Shut Off
SPD Speed
SSR Service Bus Select Relay
STAB Stabilizer
STAR Standard Arrival
STBY Stand By
STR Service Bus Transfer Relay
STRG Steering
SVCE Service
SW Switch
SYS System
R TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
R TAWS Terrain Awareness Warning System
TBD To be Determinated
TCAS Traffic alert and collision avoidance system
TCAS RA TCAS resolution advisory
TCAS TA TCAS traffic advisory
R TCF Terrain Clearance Floor
TCS Touch Control Steering
TEMP Temperature
TGT Target
TK Tank
TLU Travel Limitation Unit
TO Take–off
TOD Take–off Distance
TOR Take–off Run
TOW Take–off Weight
TQ Torque
R

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –02 MAY 95
GENERAL
DEC 95
PAGE : 9 001
MAY 98
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

R 1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE (CONT’D)


UBC Utility Bus Contactor
U/F Underfloor
UHF Ultra High Frequency
UNDV Undervoltage
UNLK Unlock
UTLY Utility
VA Design Maneuvering Speed
VC Calibrated Airspeed
VENT Ventilation
VERT Vertical
VFE Flaps Extended Speed
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VFTO Final Take–off Speed
VGA Go around speed
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Landing Gear Extended Speed
VLO Landing Gear Operating Speed
VLOF Lift Off Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMCL Minimum Control Speed in Flight (Landing config).
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VMU Minimum Unstick Speed
VOR VHF Omni Directional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VRA Rough Air Speed
VS Vertical Speed
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
VSR Stall Speed
VU Visual Unit
WARN Warning
XFEED Cross Feed
XFR Transfer
YD Yaw Damper
Z Altitude
ZA Aircraft Altitude
ZCTH Theoretical Cabin Altitude
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZP Pressure Altitude
ZPI Indicated Pressure Altitude
ZRA Radio Altimeter Altitude
∆P Differential pressure

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


1 –03 Date de révision
GENERAL antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM 3 VIEW DRAWING DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED MAY 00
MAY 99

(318.898 in)

(298.662 in)
(155.984 in)

(32.283 in)
8.781 m (345.709 in)
(892.520 in) (161.417 in)
(22.67 m) (892.520 in) (967.462 in)

(287.795 in)

(92.992 in)

WING
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . 514 m2 (84496.96 in2)
ROOT CHORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 574 m (101.339 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 076
REFERENCE CHORD LA (= MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 285 m (89.961 in)
DISTANCE FROM MOMENT ORIGIN TO REFERENCE
CHORD LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 425 m (449.803 in)

HORIZONTAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 73 m2 (18181.556 in2)
REFERENCE CHORD LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 636 m (64.409 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . 555
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 342 m (446.536 in)

VERTICAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 . 48 m2 (19344.06 in2)
REF CHORD LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 851 m (112.244 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . 172 m (400.473 in)

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


2 –00
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM CONTENTS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 02 FEB 96

APR 96
2 . 00 – CONTENTS
MAR 97
2 . 01 – GENERAL MAY 99
INTRODUCTION
KINDS OF OPERATION
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS

2 . 02 – WEIGHT AND LOADING


WEIGHTS
CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE
LOADING

2 . 03 – AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS


AIRSPEEDS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS

2 . 04 – POWER PLANT
ENGINES
PROPELLERS
OIL SYSTEM
STARTER
FUEL SYSTEM

2 . 05 – SYSTEMS
AIR - PRESSURIZATION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LANDING GEAR
FLAPS
AFCS
INSTRUMENTS MARKING
CARGO DOOR OPERATION
ELECTRICAL
MFC
TCAS
GPS
CABIN LIGHTING
R EGPWS

2 . 06 – ICING CONDITIONS

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


2 –01 MAY 95
LIMITATIONS
DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC OCT 96
MAY 98
APPROVED MAR 97

2 . 01 . 01 – INTRODUCTION
Observance of the limitations contained in this chapter is required by law.
When operating in accordance with an approved appendix or supplement to
this manual, the limitations of this basic Airplane Flight Manual section apply,
except as altered by such an appendix or supplement.
2 . 01 . 02 – KINDS OF OPERATION
The airplane is certified in the Transport Category, JAR 25 and ICAO annex 16
for day and night operations, in the following conditions when the appropriate
equipment and instruments required by the airworthiness and operating
regulations are approved, installed and in an operable condition :
- VFR and IFR
- Flight in icing conditions
- Reverse thrust taxi (single or twin engine)
2 . 01 . 03 – MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
2 pilots
2 . 01 . 04 – PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
Refer to 6.01.03 for airplane configuration associated with certified
performances.
2 . 01 . 05 – MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
25000 ft
2 . 01 . 06 – MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
Gear and flaps retracted : + 2.5 to – 1 g
Gear and/or flaps extended : + 2 to 0 g
2 . 01 . 07 – CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
Refer to 7.01.02
2 . 01 . 08 – NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
The aircraft meets the requirements of ICAO annex 16, Chapter 3 with no
weight restriction.
Refer to noise characteristics in Appendix 7.01.01 of this manual for noise
levels.
2 . 01 . 09 – MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
R 60

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


2 –02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 01 – WEIGHTS
STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB

RAMP 18770 41380

TAKE–OFF 18600 41005

LANDING 18300 40344

ZERO FUEL 16700 36817

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Maximum take–off weight and maximum landing weight may be reduced by


performance requirements related to the following (see chapter 6) :
- climb performance (first and second segment, final take–off and en
route, approach and landing climb)
- available runway length (take–off and landing)
- tyre limit speed
- brake energy limit, observe BRK TEMP light extinguished for take–off
- obstacle clearance (take–off and en route)
- en route and landing weight

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


2 –02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 110
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 02 – CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE


For definition of reference (Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) and moments
origin) : see chapter 1

AND LANDING

11.5

2 . 02 . 03 – LOADING
The airplane must be loaded in accordance with the loading instructions given
in the WEIGHT AND BALANCE manual.

R Mod : 5150 ATR42 Model : 500


2 –03
LIMITATIONS APR 96
PAGE : 1 050 MAR 97
AFM AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL
DGAC AUG 02
PARAMETERS APPROVED
MAY 03

2 . 03 . 01 – AIRSPEEDS
• Maximum operating speed VMO / MMO
This limit must not be intentionally exceeded in any flight regime

VMO = 250 kt CAS MMO = 0.55

• Maximum design maneuvering speed VA


Full application of roll and yaw controls, as well as maneuvers that
involve angles of attack near the stall should be confined to speeds
below VA.

VA = 160 kt CAS

R CAUTION : Rapidly alternating large rudder applications in


combination with large sideslip angles may result in
structural failure at any speed.
• Maximum flaps extended or operating speeds VFE
FLAPS 15 180 kt CAS
FLAPS 25 160 kt CAS
FLAPS 35 150 kt CAS

• Maximum landing gear extended or operating speeds


VLE = 180 kt CAS
VLO lowering = 170 kt CAS
retracting = 160 kt CAS

Mod : 4462 ATR42 Model : 500


2 –03
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 2 001 DEC 95
AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL
AFM DGAC
PARAMETERS APPROVED
MAY 98 JAN 98

2 . 03 . 02 – OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

Note : Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.


TAKE–OFF AND LANDING
R – Tail wind limit : 15 kt
– Maximum mean runway slope : ± 2 %

R ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


2 –04 MAY 95
LIMITATIONS MAY 00
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 04

2 . 04 . 01 – ENGINES – PRATT AND WHITNEY OF CANADA PW127E


Operating limits with no unscheduled maintenance action required.
Beyond these limits refer to maintenance manual.

OIL
OPERATING TIME TQ ITT NH NL NP OIL TEMP
PRESS
CONDITION LIMIT (%) (oC) (%) (%) (%) (oC) (2)
(PSI)
RESERVE
10 mn (6) 100 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF
NORMAL
5 mn 90 (1) (5) 101.9 101.4 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF
MAXIMUM
R CONTINUOUS none 100 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125

GROUND 66 40 mini – 40 to 125


IDLE mini (4)

HOTEL
715 55 to 65 125
MODE
TRANSIENT 20 s 137.5 840 104.3 106.5 106(3) 40 to 100
5s 120
20 mn 140
STARTING 5s 950 –54 mini

1) Value linked to 100 % NP.


2) Oil temperature must be maintained above 45o C to ensure protection for
the engine air inlet against ice accumulation.
3) Permissible for completion of flight provided TQ does not exceed
85 % during climb and 84 % during cruise.
4) Up to 75 % NH only.
5) ITT limits depend on outside air temperature. Refer to 2.04 page 2.
6) Single engine operation only beyond 5 mn.

NOTE : Flight with an engine running and the propeller feathered is not
permitted.

Eng : PW127E ATR 42 model : 500


2 –04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

TAKE OFF

ITT LIMITATION AT NORMAL TAKE OFF RATING

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


2 –04
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 3 001 DEC 95
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

2 . 04 . 02 – PROPELLERS
TWO HAMILTON STANDARD HS 568 F–1

GROUND OPERATION
R J Engine run up must be performed into the wind.
J Avoid static operation between 41.6 % and 62.5 % NP
J Avoid operation in feather above 66.6% TQ

GROUND OR FLIGHT OPERATION


J If a propeller is involved in an overspeed or in an engine overtorque,
refer to the propeller maintenance manual.

FLIGHT OPERATION
R J ATR airplanes are protected against a positioning of power levers below
the flight idle stop in flight by an IDLE GATE device.
It is reminded that any attempt to override this protection is prohibited.
Such positioning may lead to loss of airplane control or may result in an
engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power.

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

2 . 04 . 03 -- OIL SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
Refer to specification PWA 521 type II

2 . 04 . 04 -- STARTER
3 starts with a 1 minute 30 seconds maximum combined starter running time
followed by 4 minutes OFF.

2 . 04 . 05 -- FUEL SYSTEM
R Acceptable fuels : Jet A, Jet A1, JP5 and RT, TS1.
Use of JP4 and Jet B is prohibited.

TEMPERATURE
• For flight preparation, a minimum fuel temperature must be taken into
account to ensure adequate relight :
R --34oC for fuel types JET A and JET A1 and RT, TS1.
--26oC for fuel type JP5
• Maximum temperature
R 57oC for fuel types JET A, JET A1, JP 5 and RT, TS1.

REFUELING
Maximum pressure 3.5 bars (50 PSI)

USABLE FUEL
The total quantity of fuel usable in each tank is : 2866 liters (2250 kg/4960 lb
with a 0.785 kg/l factor).

NOTE : Fuel remaining in the tanks when quantity indicators show zero is
not usable in flight.
UNBALANCE
Maximum fuel unbalance : 550 kg (1212 lb)

FEEDING
- Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole flight
envelope.

- One electrical pump and associated jet pump are able to supply both
engines in the whole flight envelope.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


2 –05
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
OCT 96
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 04 MAR 97
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 01 – AIR PRESSURIZATION
Maximum differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 PSI
Maximum negative differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – 0.5 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for OVBD VALVE
full open selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PSI
Maximum altitude for one bleed off operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20000 ft
2 . 05 . 02 – HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Specification : Hyjet IV or Skydrol LD 4
2 . 05 . 03 – LANDING GEAR
R Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited.
Do not perform pivoting (sharp turns) upon a landing gear with fully braked
wheels except in case of emergency.
2 . 05 . 04 – FLAPS
Holding with any flaps extended is prohibited in icing conditions (except for
single engine operations).
2 . 05 . 05 – AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)
– Minimum height for autopilot engagement after take off : 100 ft
– NAV mode for VOR approach, using either autopilot or flight director is
authorized only if :
– a co–located DME is available, and
– DME HOLD is not selected
– Minimum height for use of either autopilot or flight director :
– Except during take off or executing an approach : 1000 ft
– VS or IAS mode during approach : 160 ft
– CAT 1 APP mode : 160 ft
– Refer to 7.01.03 for CAT II operation.
2 . 05 . 06 – INSTRUMENTS MARKING
Red arc or radial line : minimum and maximum limits
Yellow arc : caution area
Green arc : normal area
2 . 05 . 07 – CARGO DOOR OPERATION
Do not operate cargo door with a lateral wind component of more than 45 kt.
2 . 05 . 08 – ELECTRICAL
Single DC GEN operation :
– In flight, if OAT exceeds ISA + 25, flight level must be limited to FL200
2 . 05 . 09 – MFC
Take off with two or more failed MFC modules is prohibited

ATR42 Model : 500


2 –05 SEP 95
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 050 DEC 95
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAR 97
MAY 01
APPROVED
OCT 98
MAY 99
2 . 05 . 10 – TCAS MAY 00

REFER TO APPENDIX 7.01.04.

R Mod : 3832 or 8259 ATR42 Model : 400–500


2 –05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 500
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 03

2 . 05 . 11 – GPS
1 – GENERAL
The Honeywell/Trimble GNSS 1000 :
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20–129, AC 20–130A, AC 20–138 and
DGAC CRI S–9902,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL no2,REV1
and FAA AC 20–138 and FAA Notice N8110–60.
- has been demonstrated to meet the P–RNAV requirements of JAA TGL
no10.
2 – LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply
to their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
- The HT1000 pilot’s guide must be available on board.
- The system must operate with HT 1000–060 software version or any later
approved version.
- The approval of the system is based on the assumption that the navigation
database has been validated for intended use.
- This equipment is approved for use as :
- primary navigation means for oceanic and remote operations when only
one long range navigation system is required.
- supplemental navigation means, en route, in terminal area and for non
precision approach operations until the missed approach point with
respect of the MDA.
NOTE : Stand alone GPS approach is not approved. Conventional means
must be permanently cross–checked during the approach.
- advisory VNAV means
NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently monitored.
3 – PROCEDURES
- In the event of DGR alarm illumination the flight crew must cross–check the
aircraft position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative
means of navigation.
- In addition, where the coupled DME option is not installed or if the coupled DME is
not operative, the following procedures apply for B–RNAV operations :
(a) during the pre–flight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time). Dispatch
must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of RAIM of more
than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids so as
to allow immediate cross–checking or reversion in the event of loss of GPS
navigation capability.

Mod : 5403 ATR 42 Model : 400–500


2 –05 Date de révision
LIMITATIONS antérieure
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 12 – CABIN LIGHTING

The general cabin illumination system must be used during not less than 15
minutes before each flight.

Mod : 5067 or 5171 ATR 42 model : 400 – 500


2 –05 MAY 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 5 020
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

2 . 05 . 13 – EGPWS
1. Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the terrain display.

NOTE : The Terrain display is intended to serve as a situational awareness


tool only. It does not have the integrity, accuracy or fidelity on which
to solely base decisions for terrain or obstacle avoidance.
2.To avoid giving nuisance alerts, the predictive TAWS functions must be
inhibited when landing at an airport that is not included in the airport
database.

R Mod : 5313 or 5467 ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


2 –06
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 99 OCT 96
APPROVED

MAR 97
2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS FEB 99

• Atmospheric icing conditions exist when


– OAT on the ground and for take–off is at or below 5oC or when TAT in
flight is at or below 7oC,
– and visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of less than one mile, rain, snow, sleet and ice crystals).
• Ground icing conditions exist when
– OAT on the ground is at or below 5oC,
– and surface snow, standing water or slush is present on the ramps
taxiways and runways.
Take–off is prohibited when frost, snow or ice is adhering to the wings,
control surfaces or propellers.
Ć Operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
NP setting below 82 % is prohibited.
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and 6.06.02 for
performance data.
R All icing detection lights must be operative prior to flight at night.
NOTE :This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL).
The ice detector must be operative.
Ć Operation in ground icing conditions :
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and to FCOM part 3 and to
AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on contaminated runways
penalties.

... / ....

ATR42 Model 400 – 500


OCT 96
2 –06 MAR 97
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 99
AFM ICING CONDITIONS MAY 99
DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS (cont’d)


Ć Severe icing :
WARNING :
R
Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for
which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or
mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result
in ice build–up on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice
protection system, or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces.
This ice may not be shed using the ice protection systems, and may
seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the airplane.
– During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the
airplane is certificated shall be determined by the following :
Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a
substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window,
and / or
Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb,
and / or
The following secondary indications :
. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice.
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
. Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed.
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in–flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

If one of these phenomena is observed, immediately request priority


handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to
exit the icing conditions. Apply procedure specified in the Emergency
Procedures chapter.
– Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes
in handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when the
severe icing defined above exists, or when unusual lateral trim
requirements or autopilot trim warnings are encountered while the
airplane is in icing conditions.

ATR42 Model 400 – 500


3 -- 00
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM CONTENTS EASA FEB 96
OCT 06
APPROVED MAR 97

3 . 00 -- CONTENTS

3 . 01 -- COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS

ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


TRIMS
ENGINE
CVR / DFDR

3 . 02 -- DAILY CHECKS

ATPCS TEST
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
R TRIMS

3 . 03 -- TAKE OFF

3 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONDITIONS

ICING CONDITIONS
SEVERE TURBULENCE

3 . 05 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

NORMAL LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

3 . 06 -- CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

R 3 . 07 -- GPWS OR EGPWS

Mod : -- Eng : -- ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


3 –01
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS DGAC MAY 03 MAR 97
APPROVED

3 . 01 . 01 – ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


– Check ENG 2 (1) fire handle IN and latched
– Extinguish any white lt
– Depress SQUIB TEST pb and check both AGENT SQUIB lt illuminate
– Select TEST sw on FIRE and check :
. ENG FIRE red lt illuminates into associated fire handle
. CCAS is activated (CRC + MW lt flashing red + ENG 2 (1) red lt on CAP)
– Select TEST sw on FAULT and check :
. both LOOP A and LOOP B FAULT lt illuminate
. CCAS is activated (sc + MC lt flashing + LOOP amber lt on CAP)

3 . 01 . 02 – TRIMS
R Before each flight :
–Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation
–Check STBY PITCH TRIM operation, check GUARDED SW in OFF position

See Daily Check in 3–02 page 1

3 . 01 . 03 – ENGINE
Turn ATPCS to ARM
– CHECK ATPCS ARM green light illuminates
Turn ATPCS to ENG position
– CHECK associated ENG UPTRIM light illuminates
– 2.15 s later check ATPCS ARM light extinguishes.

3 . 01 . 04 – CVR / DFDR
– CVR
Depress TEST pb : check pointer moves to a location between 8 and 10
– DFDR
Check STATUS amber lights not lit.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


3 –02
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
DAILY CHECKS DEC 95
AFM DGAC MAY 03 MAR 97
APPROVED

3 . 02 . 01 – ATPCS TEST (autofeather and uptrim while engines run)


Conditions : – Both CLs AUTO
– Both PLs at GI
– ATPCS PB depressed. OFF extinguished.
– PWR MGT selector on TO position
ARM positions – ARM light illuminates green
– TQ indications increase
– NP and NH indications decrease
ENG positions – Selected engine torque decreases below 21 %
– Opposite engine :
– torque doesn’t change
– UPTRIM light illuminates
– NP and NH increase slightly
– 2.15 seconds later :
– concerned propeller is automatically feathered
– ARM green light extinguishes

CAUTION : Do not perform ENG TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporarily lost
and consequently, both main HYD pumps are temporarily lost as
well.
3 . 02 . 02 – STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
– Release gust lock
– Push Control column in nose down position
– Select WARN rotary selector (LH maintenance panel) to STICK PUSHER
YES
– depress and maintain PTT

– monitor stall cricket and stick shaker


– after ten seconds delay, monitor
. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 illuminate green on LH maintenance panel
. STICK PUSHER lights illuminate green on both pilots panel
. stick pusher actuator operates.
R 3 . 02 . 03 – TRIMS
For the first flight of the day :
–Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation as follows :
–Check the normal TRIM activation in both directions by depressing
simultaneously both control rocker switches
–For few seconds depress independently each single control rocker
switch and check the non–activation of the corresponding TRIM in both
possible directions
–Reset TRIMS as required for take off

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


3 –03
NORMAL PROCEDURES
may 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKE OFF DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
APR 96

3 . 03 . 01 – TAKE OFF
– Anti–skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test
R – Set flaps and pitch trim as required
– PWR MGT selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
– CL both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

 Both EEC’s ON
– Advance PL to power lever notch.
– At VR rotate to the required pitch attitude to maintain an airspeed at or
above V2.
– When a positive vertical speed is confirmed, select landing gear up.
– At safe height :
. accelerate up to at least VFTO (flaps 0)
. retract flaps

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


3 –04
NORMAL PROCEDURES APR 96
PAGE : 1 160
OCT 96
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
MAY 00
APPROVED
MAY 98
FEB 99
3 . 04 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS MAY 99
DEFINITION
Refer to 2.06.01

H Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :


• As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTI–ICING (propellers, horns, side–windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUGGED AND OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ”ICING
AOA” green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.
• At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing
R conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
– ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows) . . . . . . . . . . confirm ON
– MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm AUTO
– ENG DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
– AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
– Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm BUGGED AND OBSERVED
NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.
In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.
• When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be
R switched OFF.
• When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached, the icing
speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must not
be cancelled.

Mod : 4601 ATR42 Model : 500


3 –04 OCT 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAR 97
PAGE : 2 270 MAY 98
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

• MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING ICING SPEEDS :

Whenever ICING AOA light is lit, the following minimum icing speeds must
be observed :

MINIMUM MANEUVER/OPERATING
FLAPS MAXIMUM BANK ANGLE
ICING SPEED
0 1.45 VSR 15o
1.21 VSR T/O, 2nd segment 15o
1.27 VSR Final Take off 15o
15 1.35 VSR En route 15o
1.41 VSR Approach 30o
1.29 VSR Go around 15o
1.36 VSR Approach 30o
25 1.29 VSR Go around 15o
1.36 VSR Final Approach 30o
35 1.35 VSR Final Approach 30o

CAUTION : For obstacle clearance, the en–route configuration with engine


failure is FLAPS 15 at a minimum speed of 1.35 VSR if ice
accretion is observed.
J Procedure for take–off with ground icing conditions but no
atmospheric icing conditions
• For take off the following procedure MUST BE APPLIED :
PROP ANTI ICING ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
NOTE : It is recommended when possible to cycle landing gear after take
off.
• Minimum maneuver/operating speeds :
The normal minimum maneuver/operating speeds are applicable.
Refer to FCOM part 3 and to AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on
contaminated runways penalties.

NOTE : Horns anti icing must not be selected ON to avoid lowering AOA of
the stall warning threshold.

R Mod : 4372 +( 4450 or 4580) + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


3 –04
NORMAL PROCEDURES may 95
PAGE : 3 001
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

3 . 04 . 02 – SEVERE TURBULENCE
– SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Maintain the speed at or below VRA : 180 kt CAS.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


3 –05
NORMAL PROCEDURES DEC 95
PAGE : 1 150 JAN 98
AFM APPROACH AND LANDING DGAC
MAY 98
MAY 03
APPROVED MAY 00
OCT 00
3 . 05 . 01 – NORMAL LANDING MAY 01
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN / 3 Green
TLU GREEN LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK LIT
LDG FLAP 25 pb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LANDING CONFIGURATION
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO

• After nose wheel touch down


Both PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
Both LO PITCH lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check illuminated
CAUTION :If a thrust dissymmetry occurs or if one LO PITCH light is
not illuminated the use of any reverser is not allowed.

3 . 05 . 02 – MISSED APPROACH (both power plants operating)


- Depress Go around push button on PLs.
- Set Go around power.
- Simultaneously retract flaps one notch and rotate to the required pitch attitude.
- Accelerate to or maintain Go around speed.
- With positive rate of climb :
- Retract landing gear

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


3 –06 Date de révision
NORMAL PROCEDURES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96

R 3 . 06 . 01 – CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

NOT APPLICABLE

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


3 –07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 040
AFM GPWS EASA
APPROVED
MAY 05

3 . 07 . 01 GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM : EGPWS


1. General
Following a EGPWS warning, the crew must immediately focus their
attention on terrain proximity.
Positive action to alter the flight path or / and to change the configuration
should be initiated immediately.
2. Inputs
EGPWS is associated with the following systems :
S ADC 1
S Radio altimeter
S ILS 2
S SGU 1 and 2
S Flaps position
S Landing gear position
S GNSS (if installed) or EGPWS internal GPS card
S AHRS 1
S Weather radar
3. Outputs
3.1. Basic GPWS modes
– For modes 1 – 2 – 3 and 4
S Visual warning : red “GPWS” lights illuminates.
S Aural warning :
Mode 1 : “SINK RATE” “PULL UP”
Mode 2 : “TERRAIN” “PULL UP”
Mode 3 : “DON’T SINK”
Mode 4 : According to speed and / or flaps / gear setting :
“TOO LOW TERRAIN”
or “TOO LOW GEAR”
or “TOO LOW FLAPS”
– For mode 5
S Visual warning : amber “GS” lights illuminate.
S Aural warning : “GLIDE SLOPE”
– For mode 6
S Aural warning “MINIMUMS” “MINIMUMS”.
S Aural warning : “FIVE HUNDRED”
S Aural warning : “BANK ANGLE, BANK ANGLE”

Mod : 5467 ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


3 –07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 040
AFM GPWS EASA
APPROVED
MAY 05

3 . 07 . 01 GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM : EGPWS


(CONT’D)
3.2. Enhanced modes
- For TCF mode (Terrain Clearance Floor)
• Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
• Aural warning : “TOO LOW Terrain”
- For TAD (Terrain Awareness & Display) mode
• Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
• Aural caution : “Terrain ahead – terrain ahead”
or “Obstacle ahead – Obstacle ahead”
warning : “Terrain ahead – Pull Up”
or “Obstacle ahead – Pull up”
• EFIS display : conflicting terrain in red or yellow.
4 – Operation
- During normal operations GPWS sw should be always set on ”NORM”
position and TERR pb must be depressed in.
- In case of emergency conditions GPWS sw and TERR pb may be turned
on ”OFF” position. Refer to chapter 4.05, Ditching and forced landing.
- In case of landing in abnormal flaps conditions GPWS sw may be turned
on ”OVRD” position, refer to chapter 5.04, flight controls.
- Terrain/Obstacle Awareness Caution. When a terrain awareness
CAUTION occurs, verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if
required. If in doubt, perform a climb until the CAUTION alert ceases.
- Terrain/Obstacle Awareness Warning. If a terrain awareness WARNING
occurs, immediately initiate and continue a climb that will provide
maximum terrain clearance until all alerts cease. Only vertical
manoeuvres are recommended, unless operating in visual
meteorological conditions (VMC), and/or the pilot determines, based on
available information, that turning in addition to the vertical escape
manoeuvre is a safer course of action.
Notes
- All modes are inhibited by stall warning.
- Mode 5 is active only when ILS2 is tuned on the correct frequency and
gear down.
- GPWS or TERR FAULT illumination indicates that some or all basic or
enhanced modes are lost.
In that case, the remaining alerts must be considered as valid and
taken into account.
- If the WX radar control is selected OFF, no terrain information will be
displayed on the EHSI and TERR FAULT amber light will be
illuminated.
Even in case of a radar failure, select the STBY position.

Mod :5467 ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


4 -- 00
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 00 -- CONTENTS

4 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

4 . 02 -- POWER PLANT

R ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE


BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

4 . 03 -- SMOKE
R SMOKE
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
AIR COND SMOKE
FWD SMOKE
AFT SMOKE
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

4 . 04 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DUAL DC GEN LOSS

4 . 05 -- MISCELLANEOUS
EMERGENCY DESCENT
DITCHING
FORCED LANDING
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION
SEVERE ICING

R Mod : -- Eng : -- ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 –01
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

- The following procedures have been established and recommended by the


aircraft manufacturer and approved by the Airworthiness Authorities for
application in the event of a serious failure.

- The framed items correspond to actions performed by memory by the crew


within a minimum period of time.

- It is assumed that in general, all failures are indicated by the operation of


specific system warnings and/or by direct observation.

- The actions recommended may result in the loss of certain systems not
associated with the failure.

- If actions depend on a precondition, a preceding black square J is used to


identify the precondition.

- Whenever a procedure calls for LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, the


seriousness of the situation as well as use of the nearest suitable airport
should be taken into consideration.

- However, whenever fire is encountered on the airplane, landing at the nearest


suitable airport is recommended.
After conducting any fire suppression/smoke evacuation procedure, even
though smoke has been dissipated, if it has not or cannot be visibly verified
that the fire has been put out, immediately land at the nearest suitable airport.

- Whenever a fire extinguisher is discharged in the cockpit, the crew should go


to 100 % oxygen.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

R 4 . 02 . 01 -- ENGINE FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE

PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
F After 10 seconds
FIRST AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
NOTE : On ground, do not wait 10 seconds before discharging the agent
J If fire after further 30 seconds
SECOND AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 02 . 02 -- BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30% (no automatic relight)
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO

NOTE : See engine relight envelope (chapter 5)

J If neither engine starts


FORCED LANDING or DITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE

R Mod : -- Eng : -- ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

R 4 . 03 . 00 -- SMOKE

CREW OXY MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / 100%


GOGGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
RECIRC FANS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

SMOKE SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY


J If source not identified or electrical smoke suspected
NOTE: ELEC light may be activated by an air conditioning smoke source
ELECTRICAL SMOKE procedure (4.03.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If air conditioning smoke identified
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE procedure (4.03.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If FWD SMK illuminated or smoke in FWD zone of aircraft
FWD SMOKE procedure (4.03.03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AFT SMK illuminated or smoke in AFT zone of aircraft
AFT SMOKE procedure (4.03.04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AUX AFT COMPT SMK illuminated (depending on models)
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE procedure (4.03.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

4 . 03 . 01 -- ELECTRICAL SMOKE

AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD


AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
SUSPECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If smoke origin not identifed
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
F When ∆ P < 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SMOKE EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 02 -- AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE


R PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA

J If smoke persists
PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PACK VALVE 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ENGINES PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAREFULLY MONITOR
J If any anomaly occurs such as :
-- amber engine warning illumination associated to local ITT alert
-- total loss of NL indication
-- engine abnormality clearly identified (NH, NL, ITT indications,
noise, surge...)
WARNING : Confirm which engine is showing signs of abnormal
operation in order to avoid shutting down the safe
engine.
PL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPER PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 03 . 03 -- FWD SMOKE
R 1) PASSENGERS VERSION
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
EXTRACT AIR FLOW LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED

CABIN CREW WITH PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER LOCATE AND


KILL SOURCE OF SMOKE

F When ∆ P < 1 PSI


OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

2) CARGO VERSION
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SMOKE EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 04 -- AFT SMOKE
R 1) PASSENGERS VERSION
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE FOR ACTION
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH

2) CARGO VERSION
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

Mod : 4273 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 –03 Date de révision
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES antérieure
PAGE : 5 001 MAY 95
AFM SMOKE DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 05 – AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR 42 model : 400 – 500


4 -- 04
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 04 . 01 -- DUAL DC GEN LOSS


R
DC GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If no generator recovered
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

Make sure that TRU arrow illuminates and BAT arrows extinguish.
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
BAT SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MIN CAB LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE :NAV lights switch set to ON is necessary to provide IEP illumination
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER FAULT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
SIDE WINDOWS ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
ATC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ATC 1
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE LO SPD
F When TLU LO SPD illuminates
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
CAUTION : Avoid large rudder input if IAS above 180 kt.
BUS EQPT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED OCT 07

4 . 05 . 01 -- EMERGENCY DESCENT

R
OXY MASKS / CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
GOOGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD

OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


SPEED . . . . . . MMO / VMO (or less if structural damage is suspected)
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

R 4 . 05 . 02 -- DITCHING

F Preparation
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TERR (If Enhanced GPWS installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
J If ∆P ≠ 0
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
PACKS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F 30 seconds before impact or 1250 ft above sea level
DITCH PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before ditching (200 ft)


MINIMIZE IMPACT SLOPE
OPTIMUM PITCH ATTITUDE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : . In case of night ditching, shutting down both engines may be
performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
(avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
F After ditching
NOTE : . After ditching, one aft door will be under the water line.
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

R 4 . 05 . 03 -- FORCED LANDING

F Preparation
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TERR (If Enhanced GPWS installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before impact (200 ft)


BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : In case of night forced landing, shutting down both engines may be
performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
(avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
F After impact, when aircraft stopped
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 05 . 04 -- ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION


R
AIRCRAFT / PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP / ENGAGE
ATC (VHF 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
MIN CAB LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
FUEL PUMPS 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 –05 MAR 96
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 001 JUN 96
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC MAY 04 OCT 96
APPROVED
MAR 97

4 . 05 . 05 – SEVERE ICING FEB 99


MAY 99
R OCT 03
MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE RED BUG by 10 kt
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL / PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% / MCT
AP (if engaged) . . . . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY

H If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is


observed :
Push firmly on the control wheel
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

H If the flaps are extended, do not retract them until the airframe is clear of
ice

H If the aircraft is not clear of ice :


GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
APP/LDG CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN FLAPS 15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with “REDUCED FLAPS APP/LDG icing speeds” + 5 kt
Multiply landing distance FLAPS 35 by 1.22

.../...

ATR 42 model : 400–500


4 –05 OCT 96
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MAR 97
PAGE : 6 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC
FEB 99
APPROVED
MAY 04
MAY 99
MAY 00
4 . 05 . 05 – SEVERE ICING (Cont’d) AUG 02
MAY 03
R
OCT 03
DETECTION

Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a


substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window

and / or

Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb

and / or

The following secondary indications :


. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
areas
. Accumulation of ice on propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in–flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

ATR42 model 400 – 500


5 –00 MAY 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 00 – CONTENTS

5 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

5 . 02 – ENGINE
ENGINE FLAME OUT
ENG OIL LO PR
EEC FAULT
ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE
ENG RESTART IN FLT
ENG NAC OVHT

5 . 03 – FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE


TAKE OFF
APPROACH AND LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

5 . 04 – SYSTEMS
FUEL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FLIGHT CONTROLS
LANDING GEAR
AIR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
MFC
AUTOPILOT
PROPELLER CONTROL
MISCELLANEOUS

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –01
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

- The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and


recommended by the aircraft manufacturer and approved by the
Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for a proper use of the
aircraft.

- They give information related to system and operational requirements and


cover the actions to be followed in case of failures which are not considered as
emergency cases (these cases are covered in chapter 4).

- If actions depend on a precondition, a preceding black square  is used to


identify the precondition.

- Only particular operations, which are considered useful to highlight are


presented. Those procedures which are considered to be “basic airmanship”
are therefore not covered.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –02 MAY 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ENGINE DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 02 . 01 – ENGINE FLAME OUT


PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30 % (no immediate relight)
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
5 . 02 . 02 – ENG OIL LO PR
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If both OIL LO PR alert on CAP and local alert are activated
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO
J If local alert only is activated
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO
Once engine is shut off
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
J If CCAS is activated after 30 s.
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If not
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPER PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If CCAS only is activated
DISREGARD AND INFORM MAINTENANCE
5 . 02 .03 – EEC FAULT
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If PL is out of green sector
Do not deselect affected EEC
When adequate, retard PL to green sector
J If PL is within green sector
Affected EEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If unsuccessful
R EEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Advance PL to restore power, handling throttle with care
In the following cases :
– Icing conditions
– Engine(s) flame out
– Emer descent
– Severe turbulence
– Heavy rain
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
S In final approach
CLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD
S After landing
Taxi with the affected engine feathered.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –02 MAY 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ENGINE DGAC
APPROVED
DEC 95

R 5 . 02 . 04 – ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE – PWC 127E and PWC 121A

5 . 02 . 05 – ENG RESTART IN FLT


FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
ENG START rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START
EEC . . . . . . . . . RESET IF NECESSARY OR DESELECT if FAULT persists.
START PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
At 10 % NH
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST to other engine
ENG START rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF START ABORT

NOTE : After ATPCS sequence PWR MGT rotary selector must be set to
MCT position before engine restart in order to cancel propeller
feathering.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES MAY 95
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ENGINE DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 02 . 06 – ENG NAC OVHT


• During hotel mode operation
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO
• During taxi
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
Increase slightly power
J If unsuccessful within 30 s
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE
AFM INOPERATIVE DGAC APR 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 01 – TAKE–OFF – FLAPS 15

" REJECTED TAKE OFF (engine flame out before V1)


Immediately and simultaneously :
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM
PL both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE

" TAKE OFF WITH ENGINE FLAME OUT BETWEEN V1 AND V2.
– At VR rotate to the safe pitch attitude.

– With a positive vertical speed


. retract landing gear
. use rudder and control wheel to control aircraft heading
maintaining aircraft wings essentially levelled.

– Climb at V2

– At acceleration altitude :
. confirm both bleeds off
. accelerate up to 1.22 VSR (flaps 0)
. retract the flaps
. continue climb at this speed selecting MCT on the PWR
MGT rotary selector on expiry of RTO power limiting time.

CAUTION : RTO POWER IS ONLY ALLOWED FOR 10 MINUTES

" ENGINE FLAME OUT DURING INITIAL CLIMB OUT


– Proceed as above however, if the flame out occurs above V2 it is
recommended to maintain the speed reached without exceeding
V2 + 10 Kt.
In any case the minimum speed must be equal to V2.

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


5 –03 MAY 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE PAGE : 2 001
AFM INOPERATIVE DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 02 – APPROACH AND LANDING

BLEED both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF


Select normal approach and landing configurations.

NOTE : At touch down, do not reduce below FI before nose wheel is on the
ground.

5 . 03 . 03 – MISSED APPROACH
Apply normal missed approach procedure (3.05.02).

At acceleration altitude proceed as for a take off with engine flame out between
V1 and V2 (5.03 p 1).

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 -- 04 MAY 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 04
AFM SYSTEMS EASA SEP 04
OCT 06
APPROVED MAY 05

5 . 04 . 01 -- FUEL
" FEED LO PR
PUMP associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
ENGINE associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor for possible run down
J If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
" LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
R
" FUEL LEAK

ALERT CONDITION
A fuel leak may be detected by either :
--sum of fuel on board (FOB), read in steady flight at cruise level, and fuel used
(FU), FOB+FU significantly less than fuel at departure or
--passenger observation (fuel spray from engine or wing tip) or
--total fuel quantity decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
--fuel imbalance, or
--a tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank),or
--excessive fuel flow (leak from engine), or
--fuel smell in the cabin
D When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
JLeak from engine (excessive fuel flow or feed spray from engine)
PL (ON AFFECTED ENGINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL (ON AFFECTED ENGINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP ASSOCIATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE (ON AFFECTED ENGINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
JIf excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
JIn all other cases
FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
JLeak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
NOTE :FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed to prevent the leak
affecting both sides
BEFORE LANDING, NOTIFY ATC

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES MAY 96
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 02 – ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
" DC GEN FAULT
DC GEN affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Taxi on both engines
J If OAT exceeds ISA + 25
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
" DC BUS 1 OFF
DC GEN 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2
PRESSURIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANUAL
• At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
" DC BUS 2 OFF
DC GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
VHF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
• Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
Taxi on both engines
" DC EMER BUS OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
DESCENT TOWARD FL 100 / MEA
STBY PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USED AS REQUIRED
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to ADC 2
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
R J If ice accretion builds up on airframe
DE–ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD

R J In case of engine flame out


OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE
PROPELLERS ANTI ICING FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
HORNS ANTI ICING FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R
• Before landing
NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI–SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI–SKID FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
• After landing
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


5 –04 DEC 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

" CHG FAULT


CHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" DUAL CHG LOSS


MFC modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ONE AT A TIME OFF / RESET
J If unsuccessful
LAND ASAP
If conditions permit, minimize use of VHF1.

" SVCE & UTLY BUS SHED


SVC & UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

" AC BUS 2 OFF


PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1

" ACW GEN FAULT


ACW GEN affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
Taxi on both engines

" ACW BUS OFF


ACW GEN affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Associated AIRSPEED IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
Taxi on both engines

" ACW TOTAL LOSS


ACW GEN both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
R AFFECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Capt and F/O AIRSPEED IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
MAIN HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
L/G normal EXT and normal BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by 1.5
• Before landing
L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Taxi on both engines

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
MAY 95
PAGE : 4 001 NOV 95
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 03 – HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

" HYD TK COMPT LO LEVEL


PUMP (S) associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : J If blue system is affected
– flaps
– nose wheel steering
– propeller brake
– spoilers
are lost.
For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator
allows at least six applications of braking force at full
braking pressure.
J If green system is affected
– normal braking
– landing gear normal extension/retraction
are lost.

" HYD LO PR / HYD OVHT


PUMP affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

" BOTH MAIN HYD PUMPS LOSS


MAIN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : Spoilers and landing gear extension and retraction are lost.

R LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by 1.5


• Before landing
L/G lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS 15o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
• After touch down
FULL REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IF NECESSARY
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
Taxi on both engines

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04 SEP 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES NOV 95
PAGE : 5 140
DEC 95
AFM SYSTEMS EASA MAY 05 MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 03
5 . 04 . 04 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
" REDUCED FLAPS LANDING
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAPS OVRD
R STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED

LDG DIST
FLAPS FLAPS 35 APP SPD
MULTIPLY BY
0 1.35 1.23 VSR (flaps 0)+ wind effect
15 1.15 1.23 VSR (flaps 15)+ wind effect

" FLAPS UNLOCKED


J During T/O
D Before V1
TAKE OFF ABORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
D After V1
VR, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
J During approach
GA POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
" FLAPS ASYM
FLAPS CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . NEAR FLAPS PRESENT POSITION
REDUCED FLAP LANDING PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" ELEVATOR JAMMING

CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNCOUPLE


AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 kt
H If one elevator is stuck to full down position
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 kt
H If left elevator is jammed
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . . . INC BY 10 KT
H If elevator jamming occurs at take off
MAX SPEED to complete the flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 kt
PITCH DISCONNECT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE
Maintain existing configuration and speed as long as possible
J For approach
EXTEND FLAPS AT VFE FOR EACH CONFIGURATION
LANDING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LANDING DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
" STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LANDING DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13

Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


5 –04 DEC 95
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
MAY 99
PAGE : 6 001 MAY 03
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

" PITCH DISCONNECT


Avoid icing conditions
Check both control columns free
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 kt
MAX LOAD FACTOR : 2 g
BANK ANGLE must be restricted to 30o until flaps extension
R STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
Vapp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC BY 10 KT
LANDING DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
Land at airport with minimum crosswind
Reduce smoothly to flare
" TLU FAULT
H If both ADC are lost
H IAS ABOVE 195 KT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH SPEED
H IAS BELOW 195 KT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOW SPEED
Disregard TLU fault alert
H If at least one ADC operates
H IAS ABOVE 195 KT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH SPEED
H If TLU FAULT alarm persits
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOW SPEED
H IAS BELOW 195 KT
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 KT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOW SPEED
H If TLU green light is not lit
Vapp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC BY 10 KT
Landing distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiply by 1.13
Land at airport with minimum crosswind
NOTE : Maximum demonstrated cross wind on dry runway with TLU in
high speed position : 15 kt
" AILERON JAMMING
BANK ANGLE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25o
BLUE HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Land at airport with minimum crosswind
Select blue HYD pump ON before flaps extension then select it OFF as well
as HYD AUX pump
Do not extend flaps in turn
D After touch down
BLUE HYD PUMP and HYD AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 7 001 Date de révision
antérieure
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99 DEC 95
APPROVED

" SPOILER JAMMING


BLUE HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Land at airport with minimum crosswind
Select blue hyd pump ON before flaps extension then select it OFF as well
as hyd aux pump
• After touch down
BLUE HYD PUMP and HYD AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

" RUDDER JAMMING


Use differential power to minimize side slip.
Land at airport with minimum crosswind.
• At touch down
NOSE DOWN BEFORE REDUCTION BELOW FI

" RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTERING UNIT FAILURE


R J If YD is available
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
R J If YD is not available
KEEP THE FEET ON THE PEDALS

" PITCH TRIM ASYM


PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
NOTE : AP automatically disengages and cannot be reengaged.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 8 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 05 – LANDING GEAR

" L/G UNSAFE INDICATION


• L/G selected DOWN
- GREEN LT OFF on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
- GREEN LT OFF on both panels
- L/G GRAVITY EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
• L/G selected UP
- RED LT ON on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
- RED or GREEN LT ON on both panels
MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 kt
L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN

" L/G GRAVITY EXT


L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXT HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL

" L/G RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE


L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
R MAX SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 kt

" ANTI SKID FAULT


LANDING DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.4
• At touch down
USE FULL REVERSE if necessary.
USE NORM BRK with care or BRK HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER

" BRK TEMP HOT


• Before take off
DELAY TAKE OFF
• In flight
LEAVE L/G DOWN for 1 mn after take–off for cooling except in case of
emergency.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES DEC 95
PAGE : 9 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 – AIR

" BLEED VALVE FAULT / BLEED VALVE OVHT


PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Avoid large quick power changes at high altitude

" BLEED LEAK


PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Avoid large quick power changes at high altitude
CAUTION : Do not restore the system in flight

" PACK VALVE FAULT


PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
R Avoid large quick power changes at high altitude

" DUCT OVHT


TEMP SEL affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
COMPT TEMP SELECTOR associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLD

" EXCESS CAB ALT


OXY MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
J If rapid decompression
EMERGENCY DESCENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

" AUTO PRESS FAULT


CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
Adjust manually cabin pressure

" EXCESS CAB ∆ P


CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC
J If unsuccessful
DESCENT TO COMPATIBLE FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES NOV 95
PAGE : 10 001
DEC 95
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 98 MAR 97
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 07 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


" PROP ANTI ICING FAULT
PROP ANTI ICING affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes excessive :
CL (both) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE TO 100 OVRD for 5 mn
" HORNS ANTI ICING FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J In icing conditions, every 5 mn
FLIGHT CONTROLS associated . . . CHECK FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT
R " ENG DE ICING FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
Associated ENGINE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" AIRFRAME AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AIRFRAME AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R J If ENG DE ICING FAULT illuminates after 10 s
R ENG DE ICING (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AIRFRAME AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AIRFRAME FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
R J If ENG DE ICING FAULT does not illuminate after 10 s
MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC BY 15 kt
LANDING DISTANCE (icing conditions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by 1.2
" AIRFRAME DE ICING FAULT
AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC BY 15 kt
LANDING DISTANCE (icing conditions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by 1.2
" MODE SEL AUTO FAULT
ADC sw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE to other side
J If failure persists
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
DE ICING and ANTI ICING manual mode pbs :
According to current SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
" DE ICING MODE SEL FAULT (Guarded Pb)
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
NOTE : monitor de–icing :
J In case of engine flame–out, OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE

ATR42 Model : 400– 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
Date de révision
PAGE : 11 001 antérieure
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 08 – MFC

" MFC 1A FAULT


AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET

" MFC 1B FAULT


AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R J If failure during taxi out
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
R • Prior take off
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

R • After take off


PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LEAVE L/G DOWN for cooling for 1 mn after take off except in case
of emergency.

R • After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
R J If failure in flight or after landing
R • After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04 Date de révision
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES antérieure
PAGE : 12 001 DEC 95
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

" MFC 2A FAULT


AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
R J If failure during taxi
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
• After take off
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
• At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If failure in flight or after landing
• At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
" MFC 2B FAULT
AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If failure during taxi
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
• Prior take off
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
• After take off
PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LEAVE L/G DOWN for cooling for 1 mn after take off except in case
of emergency.
• After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If failure in flight or after landing
• After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected


OFF and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 13 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 1B FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
PROP 1 ANTI–ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROP ANTI–ICING FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD (AS RQD)
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
• Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
• After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

" MFC 1A + 2A FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AIRFRAME FAULT amber alert is lost. When AIRFRAME DE–ICING is
used monitor boots inflation.
AP OFF ALERT is lost. Use of AP below 1000 ft AGL is prohibited.
• Before landing
L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
• At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 14 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 2B FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD (AS RQD)
• Before landing
FLAPS CONTROL IS LOST
REDUCED FLAP LDG PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
• After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected


OFF and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

" MFC 1B + 2A FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD (AS RQD)
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
• Before landing
FLAPS CONTROL IS LOST
REDUCED FLAP LDG PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL

CAUTION : GEAR CANNOT BE RETRACTED


• At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected


OFF and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 15 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

" MFC 2A + 2B FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
PROP 2 ANTI-ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROP ANTI-ICING FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD (AS RQD)
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
• Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
• At touch-down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
OVERHEAD PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
• Before landing
NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI SKID FAULT PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
L/G LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
CAUTION : GEAR CANNOT BE RETRACTED
• At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
• After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HORNS ANTI-ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROBES HEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04 Date de révision
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES antérieure
PAGE : 16 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED
FEB 96
5 . 04 . 09 – AUTOPILOT
MAR 97
" PITCH MISTRIM MAY 98
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT HOLDING FIRMLY THE CONTROLS
FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" PITCH TRIM FAIL
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT HOLDING FIRMLY THE CONTROLS
FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" If any unusual situations are observed such as :
• excessive lateral trim required
• illumination of the AILERON MISTRIM message on the ADU
• abnormal flight characteristics of the airplane

AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT HOLDING FIRMLY THE CONTROLS


AND FLY MANUALLY PRIOR TO ADJUSTING THE LATERAL TRIMS.
The autopilot may be reengaged following adjustment of the lateral trims.
5 . 04 . 10 – PROPELLER CONTROL
" PEC SGL CH light illuminated
Do not reset PEC in flight
No special crew action, anticipate a PEC FAULT at landing
Maintenance is required
" PEC FAULT
H If in short final approach (below 400 ft RA)

R GO AROUND PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


• Then, above 400 ft :
CL (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD
PEC (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
H If successful
CL (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
H If unsuccessful
PEC (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Avoid sudden PL movements
Reverse is not available on affected engine. Taxi on both engines
H Other flight phases :
CL (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD
PEC (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
H If successful
CL (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
H If unsuccessful
PEC (affected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Avoid sudden PL movements
Reverse is not available on affected engine. Taxi on both engines

ATR 42 model : 400 – 500


5 –04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES DEC 95
PAGE : 17 001 MAR 97
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 – MISCELLANEOUS

" ADC FAULT


ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . non affected side
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . non affected side
R H If both ADC’s are lost
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
STBY INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" ADC DISAGREEMENT


INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSS CHECK
VALID ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECTED
FAULTY ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" ADC SW FAULT


ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to opposite ADC

" AHRS FAULT


ATT / HDG SWITCHING affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Compare periodically remaining AHRS outputs to STBY INST.

" FIRE LOOP FAULT


LOOP affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" OXYGEN LO PR
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
R H If oxygen LO PR light remains lit
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OXYGEN PORTABLE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IF REQUIRED

" ADU FAULT


AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


5 –04 Date de révision
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
antérieure
PAGE : 18 001
SYSTEMS DEC 95
AFM DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

" EFIS COMPARISON


BOTH EADI, STBY HORIZON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSS CHECK
WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AHRS non affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
WRONG AHRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R J If AHRS 1 is WRONG, pull C/B ATT/HDG AHRS 1 “NORM SPLY” and
“AUX SPLY”
R J If AHRS 2 is WRONG, pull C/B ATT/HDG AHRS 2 “NORM SPLY” and
“AUX SPLY FLT”

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –00
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

6 . 00 – CONTENTS

6 . 01 – GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
R STALL SPEEDS – VSR
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CROSS WIND
DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS
CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

6 . 02 – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

6 . 03 – TAKE OFF
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A
GIVEN RUNWAY
PERFORMANCE CHARTS
ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE – TURN RADIUS :
RELATIONSHIPS

6 . 04 – SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE


DEFINITION
EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

6 . 05 – LANDING
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
PERFORMANCE CHARTS

6 . 06 – ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

In compliance with Airworthiness regulations, an aircraft is cleared to take off


from any airport if the weight allows it to achieve the take off, “en route” and
landing performance included in this chapter.

The curves or tables approved by Airworthiness Authority must not be


extrapolated.

Performance is related to VSR (see page 2)

Wind speed is measured at the height of 10 meters.

All weight, altitude, temperature and speed limits presented on section 2


– LIMITATIONS – must be observed for the utilization of the performance
charts.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 2 170
AFM GENERAL DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

R 6 . 01 . 02 – STALL SPEEDS – VSR

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : ATR42 Model : 500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 150
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

6 . 01 . 03 – AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION

The take off and landing performances has been established on a smooth, dry
and wet, hard surfaced runway.

Graphs are identified : ”DRY” or ”WET” RUNWAY. When not identified they are
valid for both DRY and WET RUNWAYS.

The performances have been established in the following configuration.

Single engine operation is considered.

FLAPS AIR ENG REMARKS


COND POWER
TAKE OFF 15o ON / OFF TO / RTO ATPCS ON

FINAL TAKE OFF 0o OFF MCT

EN ROUTE 0o OFF / ON MCT

APPROACH 15o OFF RTO


25o (go around)

25o
LANDING OFF
35o

6 . 01 . 04 – CROSS WIND

The maximum demonstrated cross wind is 30 kt.

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 05 – DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
DEC 95

6 . 01 . 06 – CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

CRUISE

No correction to be applied neither on speed (IAS = CAS) nor on altitude.

TAKE OFF – APPROACH – LANDING

The following graphs give the correction to be applied when flaps are extended.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 6 001
AFM GENERAL APR 96
DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

SPEED CORRECTION
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT V1 AND VR

Mod : Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 7 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 8 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

GO AROUND (FLAPS 25)


SPEED CORRECTION

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8A 150
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


SPEED CORRECTION

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 35)


SPEED CORRECTION

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
MAR 97
PAGE : 9A 150
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 25)


SPEED CORRECTION

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 10 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 11 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

GO AROUND (FLAPS 25)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400–500


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 11A 150
MAR 97
AFM GENERAL DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED
MAY 03

GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 35)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE MAR 97
PAGE : 12A 150
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 25)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

R Mod : 4450 or 4580 ATR42 Model : 500


6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

TAKE OFF TORQUE COMPUTED FOR Vc = 50 KT


R
SAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR COND AIR COND
OFF ON –1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
– 40. – 63. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 10. – 27. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 8. – 24. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 6. – 22. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 4. – 19. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 2. – 17. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
0. – 14. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
2. – 12. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
4. – 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
6. – 7. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
8. – 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
10. – 2. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.6
12. 0. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.5
14. 3. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.1 87.2
16. 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.8 85.9
18. 8. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.4 84.5
20. 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.4 84.8 83.0
22. 13. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.8 83.2 81.4
24. 15. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.8 85.1 81.6 79.9
26. 18. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.0 83.5 80.0 78.3
28. 20. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.0 85.4 81.9 78.5 76.8
30. 23. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.3 83.7 80.3 77.0 75.4
32. 25. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.2 85.6 82.1 78.7 75.5 73.9
34. 28. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.5 83.9 80.5 77.2 74.0 72.4
36. 30. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.3 85.7 82.2 78.9 75.6 72.5 71.0
38. 33. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.5 84.0 80.6 77.3 74.1 71.0 69.5
40. 36. 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.3 85.7 82.2 78.9 75.7 72.6
42. 38. 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.4 83.9 80.5 77.3 74.1
44. 41. 90.0 90.0 89.1 85.6 82.1 78.8 75.6
46. 43. 90.0 90.0 87.2 83.7 80.3 77.1
48. 46. 90.0 88.8 85.3 81.8 78.6
50. 48. 90.0 86.8 83.3 80.0
52. 51. 88.3 84.8 81.4
54. 53. 86.2 82.8
55. 54. 85.1 81.8

Note : Applicable for 0 v Vc v 60 kt


Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 120 KT


TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR
AIR AIR
COND
COND COND
OFF 0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.
ON ON
– 43. – 56. – 67. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.8 90.0 83.1 76.4 70.2 67.2
– 40. – 52. – 63. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.2 88.5 81.7 75.2 69.0 66.1
– 37. – 48. – 59. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.6 87.1 80.4 73.9 67.8 65.0
– 33. – 44. – 55. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.0 85.6 79.0 72.7 66.7 63.9
– 29. – 40. – 50. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.1 91.2 84.0 77.5 71.3 65.4 62.7
– 25. – 36. – 46. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 89.2 82.1 75.8 69.8 64.0 61.3
– 21. – 32. – 42. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.8 87.3 80.3 74.2 68.2 62.6 60.0
– 17. – 28. – 38. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.1 85.7 78.9 72.8 67.0 61.5 58.9
– 13. – 24. – 33. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 91.4 84.1 77.4 71.5 65.7 60.3 57.8
– 10. – 20. – 29. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.4 89.7 82.5 76.0 70.1 64.5 59.2 56.7
– 6. – 16. – 24. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 95.5 88.0 81.0 74.5 68.8 63.3 58.1 55.6
– 2. – 12. – 20. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.6 86.3 79.4 73.1 67.5 62.1 57.0 54.6
1. – 8. – 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 91.9 84.7 77.9 71.7 66.2 60.9 55.9 53.5
4. – 4. – 11. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 90.0 82.9 76.3 70.2 64.8 59.6 54.7 52.4
8. 0. – 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.9 87.5 80.6 74.2 68.3 63.0 58.0 53.2 51.0
11. 4. – 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 92.8 85.6 78.8 72.5 66.8 61.6 56.7 52.0 49.8
15. 8. 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.4 90.8 83.8 77.2 71.0 65.4 60.4 55.5 51.0 48.8
18. 12. 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.3 88.9 82.0 75.5 69.5 64.0 59.1 54.3 49.9
22. 16. 12. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.2 86.9 80.2 73.9 68.0 62.6 57.8
25. 20. 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.3 90.9 84.0 77.4 71.3 65.6 60.4
29. 24. 21. 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.5 87.5 80.8 74.5 68.6 63.1
33. 28. 25. 100.0 100.0 97.9 90.8 84.0 77.6 71.5 65.9
37. 32. 29. 100.0 100.0 94.2 87.4 80.9 74.6 68.8
41. 36. 33. 100.0 98.5 91.5 84.8 78.5 72.5
44. 40. 38. 100.0 95.5 88.7 82.3 76.1
48. 44. 42. 99.5 92.5 86.0 79.7
52. 48. 46. 96.3 89.6 83.2
56. 52. 50. 93.1 86.6
60. 56. 54. 91.3
64. 60. 58.

Note : Applicable for Vc v 125 kt


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

GO AROUND TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 100 KT


TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR COND AIR COND AIR COND
OFF ON ON –1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
– 40. – 63. –71. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 10. – 27. –35. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 8. – 24. –32. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 6. – 22. –30. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 4. – 19. –27. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 2. – 17. –25. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
0. – 14. –22. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
2. – 12. –19. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
4. – 10. –17. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
6. – 7. –14. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
8. – 5. –12. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
10. – 2. –9. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9
12. 0. –7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.6
14. 3. –4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 97.2
16. 5. –1. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.9 95.8
18. 8. 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.3 94.3
20. 10. 4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.6 94.6 92.6
22. 13. 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 92.8 90.9
24. 15. 10. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.0 95.0 91.1 89.2
26. 18. 13. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.1 93.1 89.3 87.4
28. 20. 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 95.2 91.3 87.6 85.7
30. 23. 18. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.4 93.4 89.6 85.9 84.1
32. 25. 21. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.5 95.5 91.6 87.9 84.3 82.5
34. 28. 24. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.6 89.8 86.1 82.6 80.9
36. 30. 27. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 95.6 91.8 88.0 84.4 80.9 79.3
38. 33. 30. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.7 89.9 86.2 82.7 79.3 77.6
40. 36. 32. 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.6 95.6 91.8 88.1 84.5 81.0 77.7 76.1
42. 38. 35. 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.6 89.9 86.2 82.7 79.3
44. 41. 38. 100.0 100.0 99.5 95.5 91.7 88.0 84.4 81.0
46. 43. 41. 100.0 100.0 97.3 93.4 89.7 86.1 82.6
48. 46. 43. 100.0 99.1 95.1 91.4 87.7 84.2
50. 48. 46. 100.0 96.8 93.0 89.3 85.7
52. 51. 49. 98.5 94.6 90.9 87.2
54. 53. 52. 96.2 92.4 88.7
56. 55. 54. 93.8 90.1

Note : Applicable for Vc v 125 kt


Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500 Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.
6 –03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 01 – DEFINITION
RUNWAYS
WET RUNWAYS
R Depth of water up to and including 3 mm (1/8 in).
SPEEDS
– VMCG : Minimum control speed on ground from which a sudden failure of the
critical engine can be controlled by use of primary flight controls only.
The other engine being set at RTO power.
– V1 : Speed at which the pilot must make the decision following failure of
critical engine :
. either to continue take–off
. or to stop the aircraft
– VR : Speed at which rotation is initiated to reach V2 at 35 ft height.
– V2 : Take off safety speed reached before 35 ft height with one engine failed
R and providing second segment climb gradient not less than the
minimum (2.4%).
– VLOF : Lift off speed.
– VMCA : Minimum control speed in flight at which aircraft can be controlled with
5o bank, in case of failure of the critical engine the other being set at RTO
power (take off flaps setting and gear retracted).
– VFTO : Speed at the end of the take off path in the en route configuration which
R is not less than 1.22 VSR and provides the maneuvering capability
specified by regulations.
DISTANCES
AVAILABLE RUNWAY LENGTH
Length of the paved runway surface, able to accept aircraft weight in all normal
operating conditions.
STOPWAY
Extension of runway, occasionally used for taxiing but adequate for deceleration
of the aircraft in case of aborted take–off.
CLEARWAY
Clear area at the end of the runway which can be taken into account for take–off
distance calculation.
AVAILABLE ACCELERATION STOP LENGTH
Sum of the available runway length and the stopway (if any).
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (TOD)
Distance between brakes release and 35 ft height. It has to be equal or less than
the sum of available runway length and allowable clearway (if any).
TAKE OFF RUN (TOR)
Distance between brakes release point and half of the segment between VLOF
and 35 ft height.
It has to be equal to or less than the available runway length.
NOTE : - Refer to AFM section 7.03 for contamined runways speeds and distances
definitions.
- Wind scales are not uniform on corrections curves associated to take off
distances.

ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAY 95
PAGE : 2 001 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 98
MAY 99
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)


R CAUTION :INCREASE BY 1.5 KT FOR TAKE–OFF
WITH AIR CONDITIONING ON

104

100

96

92

88

84

80
–40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE (DG.C)

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN FLIGHT – VMCA (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAY 95
PAGE : 4 001 APR 96
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE


R (FLAPS 15)

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

Maximum take off weight is subordinated to the following conditions


– at take-off :
. maximum design weight
. first, second and final TO segments limitations
R . approach climb limitation
. runway limitation
. tire speed limitation
. brake energy limitation
. obstacle clearance

– single engine cruise


. obstacle clearance

– at landing
. approach climb limitation
. runway limitation

The following conditions are never limiting :


. first segment climb gradient
. tire speed
. VMU

The following table defines the meaning of the distances and length taken into
account for take off.
R Performance is related to Tq ISA – 30oC
R If T < ISA – 30oC, calculate as follows : T = ISA – 30oC .

RUNWAY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS


without clearway without clearway with clearway with clearway
without stopway with stopway without stopway with stopway
length TOR runway length runway length
to be TOD runway length runway length runway length runway length
used + clearway + clearway
to enter ASD runway length runway length runway length runway length
the manual + stopway + stopway

NOTE : 15 ft must be reached on a wet runway at the end of the runway even if
a clearway exists.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –03 NOV 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 03 – DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A


GIVEN RUNWAY

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 170 OCT 96
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 04 – PERFORMANCE CHARTS

SECOND SEGMENT
MAXIMUM WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
TAKE OFF GRADIENT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF– GEAR UP

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 8 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE OFF (FLAPS 0)


EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER – ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R. T. O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY
SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 +4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY

R NON LIMITING

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –03 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 001 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 00
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(FT) (M) REF REF (M) (FT)


3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

–10 0 20 40 –2 –1 0 1 2

TOR TAIL NOSE DOWN UP TOR

V500–AAG66–TORWR2D1RSAC WIND(KT) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 12 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12A 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 13 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAR 97
PAGE : 14 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 00
APPROVED

TAKE – OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(FT) (M) REF REF (M) (FT)


3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

–10 0 20 40 –2 –1 0 1 2

TOD TAIL NOSE DOWN UP TOD

V500–AAG66–TODWR2D1RSAC WIND(KT) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 15 170 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 15A 170 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 98
MAY 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY


R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAY 95
PAGE : 16 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAY 95
PAGE : 16A 001 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
MAY 98
MAY 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY

DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


ACTUAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 17 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED
LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 18 170
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER
EFFECT OF AIR BLEED ON VR IS NEGLIGIBLE

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 19 170 MAR 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

TAKE OFF SPEED – V2 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER

CAS IAS

12 t 19 t

(KT)

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 20 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE ON T/O (EXAMPLE) see chart page 22

Initial gradient : 3 % (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition)

Obstacle : 4000 ft at 21 km of the end of the runway. 10 kt nose wind.

NOTE : The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero
must be determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is
the point 35 ft below the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown
include the 35 ft operational clearance. Where the TOD is greater
(less) than the runway length the obstacle distance from end of the
runway must be decreased (increased) by the difference between
TOD and runway length.
1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.

2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to


the gross height lines.

3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.

4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.

5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.

6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines


maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.

7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum


weight must be calculated.

R 8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared,
if not restart the calculation.

Mod : – Eng :– ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 21 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 22 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 23 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 24 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 25 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.25 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 26 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.25 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 27 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.30 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 28 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.30 (FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE
DEC 95
PAGE : 29 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

R 6 . 03 . 05 – ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE – TURN RADIUS :


RELATIONSHIPS

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 30 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

BANK ANGLE EFFECT ON SINGLE ENGINE CLIMB GRADIENT


(FLAPS 15o)

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


6 –04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 95

6 . 04 . 01 – DEFINITIONS

The “En route” gradient given in this chapter are established by decreasing the
available gradient at each point with a margin of 1.1 %.

The single engine cruise configuration is flaps 0o.


The speed to be maintained is 1.22 VSR.

The operative engine is set at MCT power.

Air conditioning is ON when aircraft is above 10000 ft.


Air conditioning is OFF when aircraft is below 10000 ft.

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 Model : 500


6 –04 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 170
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

6 . 04 . 02 – EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

V / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 0)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF BELOW 10000 ft – ANTI/DE ICING OFF

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM LANDING DGAC MAR 97 NOV 95
APPROVED

6 . 05 . 01 – DEFINITION

VMCL : Minimum flight speed at which aircraft can be controlled with 5o


bank in case of failure of the critical engine, the other being set at
GA power (landing flaps setting, gear extended) and which
provides rolling capability specified by regulations.

FLAPS VMCL (CAS)

35 96.5
25 96
15 98.5

6 . 05 . 02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

Ć Landing climb performance (two engines at GA power, landing flaps setting)


is never limiting.
Ć The landing distance represents the distance from the 50 ft to complete stop
on a level, smooth, dry and wet, hard surfaced runway.
Antiskid is operative.
Engines are at GI.

Ć To determine the required runway length for landing, apply national


R operational regulations, when relevant.

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –05 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE MAR 97
PAGE : 2 270
AFM LANDING DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

Approach speeds

The approach speed is at least 1.23 VSR in the configurations :


– flaps 15
– flaps 25
– flaps 35
or VMCL, whichever is higher.

The regulations allows to take approach speed up to 1.4 VSR.

The minimum final approach speed is the speed at 50ft height taken into
account for landing distance computation.
It is equal to 1.23 VSR in the landing configuration or VMCL, whichever is
higher.

R Mod : 4372 +( 4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
6 –05 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 170
AFM LANDING DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT


APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –05
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 3A 270 MAR 97
AFM LANDING DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT


APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
rAIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP

R Mod : 4372 + (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
6 –05
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 4 170
AFM LANDING DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)


INCREASE BY 15 % ON FORESEEN WET RUNWAY

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –05 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4A 270 MAR 97
AFM LANDING DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 25)


INCREASE BY 15 % ON FORESEEN WET RUNWAY

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
6 –06 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

The following sub sections provide data for flight in atmospheric icing
conditions.

Refer to chapter 3 . 04 for definition of the minimum maneuver/operating icing


speeds.
R
6.06 P2 – Minimum maneuver / operating speed in icing conditions

6.06 P3 – Take off flight path in case of engine failure.

6.06 P4 – Take off – Effect on second segment weight

6.06 P5 – Final take off equivalent weight at brakes release.

6.06 P6 – Take off – Effect on take off run.

6.06 P7 – Take off – Effect on take off distance.

6.06 P8 – Take off – Effect on accelerate stop distance.

6.06 P9 – Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (close


obstacles).

6.06 P10 – Obstacle clearance take off flight path (close obstacles).

6.06 P11 – Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (remote


obstacles).

6.06 P12 – Obstacle clearance take off flight path (remote obstacles).

6.06 P13 – En route net gradient

6.06 P14 – Effect on approach climb gradient weight.

6.06 P15 – Effect on landing distance.

ATR42 Model : 400 – 500


6 –06
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 2 270 MAR 97
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 02 – FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


MINIMUM MANEUVER/OPERATING SPEED

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580)+ 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 3 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC OCT 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE


(FLAPS 15)

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 4 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97 OCT 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

Note : Performance decrement applies to the maximum second segment


weight computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15)

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 5 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE-OFF
EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
V / VSR = 1.27 (FLAPS 15)
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER – ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – DE ICING ON – GEAR UP

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 6 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED
OCT 96
TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 7 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97 OCT 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off distance length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off distance length computed in normal conditions
with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 8 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED
OCT 96

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the acceleration stop distance length


computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 – 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8B 001
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
AFM DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
EXAMPLE SEE PAGE 10

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 1800 ft at 17000 m of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to
the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient allowing to determine
maximum weight allowing the clearance with the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum
weight must be calculated.
8. According to this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it may be
cleared. If not, start again the calculation.

ATR42 model : 400–500


6 –06 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –06
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
MAR 97
PAGE : 10 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –06
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 11 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT


V/VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : MAX CONTINUOUS POWER
AIR CONDITIONING : OFF BELOW 10 000 ft – DE ICING ON.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 12 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED OCT 96
MAR 97
EFFECT ON APPROACH
CLIMB GRADIENT WEIGHT
V / VSR = 1.29 (FLAPS 25)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the maximum approach climb


gradient limiting weight computed in normal conditions with
V = 1.29 VSR (flaps 25).

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE MAR 97
PAGE : 12A 270 MAY 98
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

EFFECT ON APPROACH
CLIMB GRADIENT WEIGHT
V / VSR = 1.29 (FLAPS 15)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the maximum approach climb


gradient limiting weight computed in normal conditions with
V = 1.29 VSR (flaps 15).

R Mod : 4372 + (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500
6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 13 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED
OCT 96

EFFECT ON LANDING DISTANCE MAR 97


V / VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 35)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the landing distance computed in


normal conditions.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


6 –06 Date de révision
PERFORMANCE antérieure
PAGE : 13A 270
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC OCT 96
MAY 03
APPROVED MAR 97
MAY 98
EFFECT ON LANDING DISTANCE
V / VSR = 1.36 (FLAPS 25)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the landing distance computed in


normal conditions.

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580)+ 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500
7 -- 00.00
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

7 . 00 . 00 -- CONTENTS
7 . 01 . 00 -- APPENDICES
01 External noise
02 Configuration deviation list
03 CAT II operation
04 TCAS
05 Steep slope approach
06 Container transport
07 (Reserved)
08 ETOPS
09 Operations on narrow runways
10 Runway slope beyond 2%
11 Power plant
12 Take--Off after use of fluids type II or IV
13 Cockpit Door Security System
14 Corporate Lounge
15 Aircraft Performance Monitoring APM
16 SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance
17 ACARS Mod 5506
R 18 High Latitudes Operations
R 19 Dry Unpaved Runways
7 . 02 . 00 -- SUPPLEMENTS
00 Introduction
01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative
02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or removed
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
7 . 03 . 00 -- ADVISORY MATERIALS
01 Contaminated runways
- General
- Take off
- Landing
7 . 09 . 00 -- CIS SUPPLEMENT

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


7 – 01.01
APPENDICES OCT 96
PAGE : 1 350 MAR 97
AFM APPENDIX No 01 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

EXTERNAL NOISE

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
No determination has been made by the DGAC that the noise procedures and
levels in this manual are, or should be, acceptable or unacceptable for
operation at, into, or out of any airport.

NOISE LEVELS
Noise levels shown here after comply with ICAO annex 16 Chapter 3 noise
requirements and were obtained by analysis of approved data from approved
noise tests.
See section 2 . 02 . 01 for identification of the maximum take off and landing
weights applicable to a particular airplane.

NOISE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES


Compliance with ICAO annex 16 included the following procedures :

- An all-engine take off at flaps 15 configuration was used with a constant climb
speed equal to V2 + 10 kt with all engines operating, air conditioning OFF, and
gear retracted, with cutback.
- Landing approach at flaps 25 and 35 configuration on a three degree glide
slope, at a speed of at least 1.23 VSR was used with air conditioning ON and
gear extended.

CONFIGURATION
Engines : Pratt & Whitney of Canada Ltd ; PW 127E
Propeller : Hamilton Standard ; HS 568F

CERTIFICATED NOISE LEVELS


FLYOVER AT TAKE-OFF 76.6 EPNdB
SIDE LINE AT TAKE OFF 80.7 EPNdB
APPROACH 92.3 EPNdB

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580)+ 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 – 01.02 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

GENERAL
The configuration deviation list belongs to chapter 2 limitations of this airplane
flight manual. Flight with certain secondary airframe missing parts is possible
as indicated in this list. Any part not included in this list must be considered as
necessary.

Repairs or replacements must be done at the first station where appropriate


facilities are available, and in any case at the main base.

The sign ( – ) in NUMBER INSTALLED or NUMBER REQUIRED FOR


DISPATCH columns indicates that the quantity is variable.

Letter ( m ) against an item indicates that some maintenance action is


necessary to permit flight with these parts missing. Refer to the related section
of the Maintenance Manual for this information.

LIMITATIONS
No more than one part for any one sub-system in this appendix may be missing
unless specifically designated combinations are indicated herein.
Unless otherwise specified herein, parts from different sub-systems may be
missing.

When missing part introduces additional limitation (s) this limitation is indicated
in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS“ column. This limitation comes in addition to
limitations of chapter 2 of Flight Manual. It must be clearly indicated by a
placard on the captain’s instrument panel.

PERFORMANCE
Performance penalties are indicated in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS” column.
Performance penalties are cumulative unless specific penalties for particular
combinations of missing parts are indicated.

These take-off, en route and landing penalties apply to the most limiting
corresponding weight.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

23 – COMMUNICATIONS

1 – Static dischargers 25 17 Provided :


a) each aileron is equipped with at least
4 operative static dischargers, and

b) rudder is equipped with at least 4


operative static dischargers and

c) each elevator is equipped with at


least 2 operative static dischargers

d) tail cone is equipped with at least one


operative static discharger.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

1 – Flap hinge fairing 8 6 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions

2 – Flap lower surface 4 3


trailing edge

3 – Inner / outer flaps coupling 2 0 Provided flaps are retracted, placarded


system and considered inoperative.

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

32 – LANDING GEAR

1 – Main gear door 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions
Maximum speed : 200 kt

1 bis – Main gear 4 2 Provided missing parts are on the


foldable doors same side

2 – Nose gear forward door 2 0 Flight with gear down


(refer to 7 . 02 )

3 – Nose gear aft door 2 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt

4 – Cover wheels 2 0

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

52 – DOORS

1 – Access door to GPU 2 0


connector (DC or ACW)

2 – Access door to refueling 1 0


panel

3 – Access door to hydraulic 1 0


bay

4 – Access door to water 1 0


service panel

5 – Access door to toilet 1 0


service panel

6 – Access door to tail cone 1 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt


bay

7 – Access door to air 1 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt


conditioning external
connector

8 – Access door to refuelling 1 0


point

9 – Jacking point covers – 0

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

61 – PROPELLER

1 – Propeller spinner 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions

79 – OIL
1 – Engine oil cooler flap 2 0 Provided flap is removed

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 200
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC JAN 98
MAY 03
APPROVED
MAY 98

CAT II OPERATION
LIMITATIONS
This appendix is intended to provide necessary information to allow the use of
the aircraft in category II.

Limitations, procedures and performance included in the appendix replace or


complete the corresponding information of the basic Flight Manual.

The automatic flight control system (AFCS) with the associated equipment has
been found to meet the airworthiness and performance criteria of :
- ACJ 25 - 1329 – for the autopilot
- Special condition F2 : AP engagement at take off
- JAR AWO subpart 2 for category II

NOTA : Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct category II operations.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

- Minimum height for use of autopilot in approach mode : 80 ft


- Minimum decision height : 100 ft
- Certified configurations : flaps 25 and 35
- Maximum demonstrated wind :
Headwind : 30 kt
Tailwind : 13 kt
Crosswind : 25 kt

R Mod : 1112+ (4450 or 4580) + 4583 ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

NORMAL PROCEDURES

NOTA : Failures have been demonstrated using the procedures described in


this chapter.

A – Approved configurations
• Approach : AP is approved with use of approach mode for CAT II
precision ILS approaches. The CAT II capability must be displayed on
ADU.
• GO around : FD is approved with use of GA mode

B – Performance envelope in approach


• LOC capture : distance ≥ 6 NM – Capture angle ≤ 90o
• GLIDE capture : height ≥ 1500 ft
Vc ≤ 180 kt at 1500 ft
• Approach speed :
When the aircraft is stabilized on GLIDE slope the selected approach
R speed VAPP is 1.23 VSR (landing flaps) + wind correction and not less
than VMCL.

The wind correction is equal to the highest of 1/3 of the reported


headwind or the gust in full, with a maximum correction of 15 kt.

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.03
APPENDICES MAY 95
PAGE : 3 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

C – Minimum equipment required to meet CAT II approach criteria.

Approach with
AP

Autopilot 1
FD bars sw 1 CM1 side
AP quick disconnect 1 CM1 side
ADU 1
ILS receiver 2
AHRS 2
Standby Horizon 1
CRT 3

SGU 2
Radio altimeter 1 (with 2 displays)
DH indicator 2
GA pushbutton 1 CM1 side
Windshield wipers 1 CM1 side
Yaw damper 1
Airspeed indicators 2
ADC 2 must be operative
Hydraulic system Blue + Green
Electrical system 1 DC generator
1 AC generator
MFC modules 3

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 4 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

D – Approach and landing preparation

Approach preparation
- Select decision height (DH).
- Select ILS frequency and RWY HDG.
- Engage the APP mode :
GS and LOC illuminate white on both EADI and ADU.
CAT II illuminates white on ADU (if this capability available).
- The approach must be planned to capture the localizer prior to glide
slope interception.

NOTA : GLIDE capture is inhibited as long as localizer capture is not


initiated (LOC*).

R - The approach speed (VAPP) is 1.23 VSR (landing flaps) + wind


correction and not less than VMCL.
R - The approach configuration is landing flaps.

– Mode phases
LOC* At localizer capture the white LOC extinguishes and the
green LOC* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
LOC phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the LOC
beam axis.
LOC illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

GS* At glide slope capture the white GS extinguishes and the


green GS* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
GS phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the GLIDE
SLOPE.
Green GS illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

1200 > ZRA > 800 ft Before 800 ft (radio altimeter), dual coupling
must illuminate on both EADI and on ADU
(arrows) if correct capture conditions are met.

DH + 100 ft A white box illuminates on the left of radio


altimeter value.

DH Amber DH symbol illuminates in the white box.

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 5 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
MAY 00
APPROVED
DEC 95

E– Normal approach and landing sequence.

Final Approach
– CM2 (pilot flying) monitors the A/C position and the trajectory
parameters. He announces mode changes. He asks PNF
for flaps setting and gear extension.

– CM1 (pilot non flying) monitors the flight path and controls
speed.

– At 800 ft (radio altimeter)


– CM1 check, Dual coupling
– CM2 select FD bars OFF for AP approach

DH + 100 ft – CM1 looks for external visual reference.


mini – CM2 monitors the flight path and announces heights.

DH – EXTERNAL VISUAL REFERENCES SUFFICIENT

– CM1 announces “VISUAL“, selects AP OFF not lower


than 80 ft and performs the landing.

– CM2 announces “Minimum” and “80 ft“

– EXTERNAL VISUAL REFERENCES INSUFFICIENT

– Perform a go around.

NOTA : A call out (indicating that a flight parameter is exceeded) must be


done if :
- Speed becomes lower than V APP – 5 kt or greater than
V APP + 10 kt (V APP is the selected approach speed).
R - Pitch attitude becomes lower than 4o nose down or greater than
4o nose up or bank angle becomes greater than 10o.
- Excessive LOC or GLIDE deviation occurs.
- Sustained AP / FD order NOT JUSTIFIED by LOC or G/S
deviation occurs.

Mod : 1112 ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 6 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

F– GO around sequence (configuration flaps 35o)

– CM1 announces “GO AROUND, flaps 25o”


presses the GO AROUND push button, follows the FD
bars and advances PL to the ramp.
– CM2 retracts flaps one step, adjusts and monitors engine
parameters

As soon as rate of climb is positive :


– CM2 announces it.
– CM1 asks for gear retraction
– CM2 retracts the gear

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 DEC 95
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6A 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

F– GO around sequence (configuration flaps 25)

– CM1 announces “GO AROUND, flaps 15o”


presses the GO AROUND push button, follows the FD
bars and advances PL to the ramp.
– CM2 retracts flaps one step, adjusts and monitors engine
parameters

As soon as rate of climb is positive :


– CM2 announces it.
– CM1 asks for gear retraction
– CM2 retracts the gear

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : 1112+ (4450 or 4580) ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 7 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE


DEMONSTRATED ALTITUDE LOSS WITH
AP SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Maximum path deviation with take over occuring 1 second after failure
recognition : 28 ft.
DEVIATION PROFILE – CAT II

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 8 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING APPROACH

If external visual references are insufficient, failures not completely treated


before 800 ft should lead to a missed approach.

Nota 1 : ENGINE FAILURE

Provided lateral trimming is properly achieved before 800 ft, single


engine approach may be performed with autopilot engaged, but must
be restricted to CAT I.

Nota 2 : AFCS failure and trajectory deviation

In case of CAT II INVALID, excess deviations or AFCS failure, go


around must be performed with STBY HORIZON : initial missed
approach attitude : 10o.

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 9 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC NOV 95
MAY 03
APPROVED
DEC 95

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

A/C SYSTEMS

Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Warnings
> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

R Flap failure,
Revert to
jammed between 0
Cat I minima
and 15 positions

Continue
Flap failure, Multiply landing
Increase VAPP
jammed between 15 Not distance flaps 25o
(flaps 25)
and 25 positions applicable by 1.13
by 10 kt

Continue
Flap failure, Multiply landing
Increase VAPP
jammed above 25 distance flaps 35o
(flaps 35)
position by 1.13
by 10 kt

Revert to Cat I
Engine failure
minima
Discontinue
the approach
Hydraulic failure Transfer
(without fluid loss) No capability loss

Apply associated
First MFC procedure Discontinue
module failure continue the the approach
approach

Apply associated
Second MFC procedure Discontinue
module failure Revert to the approach
CAT 1 minima

R Mod : 1112+ (4450 or 4580) ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 10 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Warnings
> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Standby horizon Revert to Cat I


flag minima

Radio altimeter
Revert to Cat I Discontinue
warning
minima the approach
on CM2 EFIS

Switch to valid AHRS


ATT / PIT / ROLL First action before
Reengage AP
warning on any switching AHRS is
Revert to Cat I
EFIS to refer to standby
minima
horizon to determine
Switch to valid AHRS the wrong AHRS
HDG warning
Revert to CAT I
on any EFIS
minima

LOC / GS / ILS /
Revert to
warning on any
Cat I minima
EFIS

Switch affected
Loss of one CRT
CRT OFF

Switch to valid
Loss of both
SGU. Revert
CRT on one side
to Cat I minima

Revert to
Loss of ADC 2
Cat I minima

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 11 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS


DURING A CAT II APPROACH

AFCS and ADU

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Z RA : 800 ft 500 ft action

AP disengage Try to recover


If impossible
revert discontinue
to Cat I the approach
FD approach

LOC or G/S Not applicable discontinue


excess deviation the approach

Loss of ADU Perform a Cat I discontinue


minima manual the approach
approach

Loss of Cat II Try to recover


capability If impossible discontinue
(Triple click) revert to the approach
Cat I minima

R Mod : 1112 Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.03
APPENDICES OCT 96
PAGE : 12 170
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

NORMAL CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP – V = 1.17 VSR

Mod : 1112 + 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 01.03 OCT 96
APPENDICES MAR 97
PAGE : 12A 270
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

NORMAL CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP – V = 1.13 VSR

R Mod : 1112+ 4372+ (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 – 01.03 OCT 96
APPENDICES
PAGE : 13 170 MAR 97
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

ICING CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON – DE ICING ON – GEAR UP – V = 1.29 VSR

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

Mod : 1112 + 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 01.03
APPENDICES OCT 96
PAGE : 13A 270 MAR 97
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 98
MAY 03
APPROVED

ICING CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON – DE ICING ON – GEAR UP – V = 1.29 VSR

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

R Mod : 1112+ 4372 + (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 050
SEP 95
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 06 DEC 95
APPROVED
MAR 97
7 . 01 . 04 -- TCAS OCT 98
MAY 99
1 -- GENERAL
The general Information in Section 1 are applicable. MAY 00
MAY 01
2 -- LIMITATIONS MAY 03
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable with the addition of the following :
1. TCAS operation is approved for use in VFR meteorological conditions
(VMC) and IFR meteorological conditions (IMC)
2. The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the
traffic display only or from a traffic advisory (TCAS) only.
R These displays and advisory are intended only for assistance in visually
locating the traffic and lack the resolution necessary for use in evasive
maneuvering.
3. Compliance with TCAS resolution advisory is required unless the pilot
considers it unsafe to do so.
However maneuvers which are in the opposite direction of the
resolution advisory (TCAS) are extremely hazardous and are
prohibited unless it is visually determinated they are the only means to
assure safe separation.

CAUTION :Once a non crossing RA has been issued the vertical speed
should be accurately adjusted to comply with the RA, in
order to avoid negating the effectiveness of a co--ordinated
maneuvre by the intruder.
WARNING : Non compliance with a crossing RA by one airplane may
result in reduced vertical separation. Therefore, safe
horizontal separation must also be assured by visual
means.

4. Evasive maneuvring should be made with the autopilot disengaged, and


limited to the minimum required to comply with the RA. The pilot must
promptly return to the previous ATC clearance when the TCAS “CLEAR
OF CONFLICT” voice message is announced.

5. Prior to perform RA’s climb or increase climb, the crew should select the
appropriate engine power setting on the power MGT rotary selector
and, if necessary, manually adjust CL’s.
6. When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go--around phase, a normal procedure of
go--around should be followed including the appropriate power
increase and configuration changes.

Mod : 3832 or 8259 ATR42 model : 400--500


7 – 01.04 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 2 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 DGAC MAY 01 SEP 95
APPROVED
DEC 95
MAR 97
7.01.04 – TCAS (cont’d)
OCT 98
7. Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS for determination of aircraft MAY 99
performance inhibits, there are instances where inhibiting RA’s would be
appropriate, however it is not possible to do so. In these cases, TCAS may MAY 00
command maneuvers which may significantly reduce stall margins or result in
stall warning. Conditions where this may occur include operations with a bank
angle (wings level is assumed), weight altitude and temperature combinations
outside those noted below, leaving aircraft in landing configuration during
climb RA on approach, engine out operations, and abnormal configurations
such as landing gear not retracted or stick pusher/shaker failure.

The table below entitled “Flight envelope in which climb resolution advisory
can be accomplished without stick pusher/shaker activation” outlines the
parameters used in the development of the performance inhibits. This table
does not consider worst turboprop flight conditions especially operation using
minimum operation airspeeds as are sometimes required (e.g. obstacle
clearance, ATC constraints). In all cases, stall warning must be given
precedence over climb RA commands.

NOTE :TCAS is viewed as a supplement to the pilot who, with the aid of the ATC
system, has the primary responsibility for avoiding mid–air collisions.

WARNING : Priority must be granted to increasing airspeed when reaching


stall warning even when this requires deviation from an RA
command issued by the TCAS.

R Mod : 3832 or 8259 ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.04 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 3 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 DGAC MAY 01 SEP 95
APPROVED
DEC 95
MAR 97
7.01.04 – TCAS (cont’d)
OCT 98
MAY 99
FLIGHT ENVELOPE IN WHICH CLIMB RESOLUTION ADVISORY CAN MAY 00
BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT STICK PUSHER / SHAKER ACTIVATION

FLIGHT WEIGHT
REGIME ALTITUDE POWER FLAPS GEAR
TEMP INITIAL MIN.

Take off FAR25/JAR25 Take off 15 / 25 Up V2 + 20 1.13 Vsr


Climb limit

Approach FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go


Climb limit around power 15 / 25 Up 1.51 Vsr 1.13 Vsr
during maneuver
from power for level
flight

Landing FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go Transi- Dn


Transitioning Climb limit around power tion to Vapp + 10 1.13 Vsr
to go around during maneuver from Up
at RA from power required 35 to 25
for 30 Glide Slope

Critical Higher of
Wt / Alt giving Power for level Long 1.13 Vsr
En route 1.3 G to Buffet flight Up Up Range if Defined
onset increased to Max Cruise or buffet
Continuous onset

• Temperature range up to ISA + 270

• Altitude range – En route 0 25 000 ft


– Take off 0 6 000 ft
– Approach and landing 0 7 000 ft

* Wings level assumed

R Mod : 3832 or 8259 ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.04 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 4 050 MAY 00
AFM APPENDIX No 04 DGAC MAY 01
APPROVED

7.01.04 – TCAS (cont’d)

8. Inhibition schemes
8.1 NON ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 35 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

8.2 ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 35 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

NOTE : Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC


clearance to the extent necessary to comply with a TCAS
resolution advisory.
NOTE 2 : Maneuvers based solely on information displayed on the traffic
display are not authorized.

R Mod : 3832 or 8259 ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.04 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 5 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 DGAC MAY 01
APPROVED

7.01.04 – TCAS (cont’d)


3 – NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
4 – EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
5 – PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
The procedures following failures are applicable with the addition of
the following :

5.1 The TCAS must be turned TA ONLY in the following cases


• Engine out operations
• Stik pusher/shaker failure
• Flight with landing gear down

5.2 The TCAS must be turned STBY in the following cases


• ATC request
• Errors or differences between independant air data sources.

6 – PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 are applicable.

Mod : (3832 or 8259) + 5205 ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 01.05 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM APPENDIX No 05 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

STEEP SLOPE APPROACH

NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.06 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM APPENDIX No 06 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

CONTAINER TRANSPORT

NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.08 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
NOV 96
AFM APPENDIX No 08 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ETOPS OPERATIONS

NOT APPLICABLE

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.09 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 09 DGAC JAN 97
MAR 97
APPROVED

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS

1 – GENERAL

APPLICABILITY
This supplement applies to airplanes operated according to the provisions
of the DGAC ”Condition Spéciale B11” relative to operations on narrow
runways (width < 30 m (98 ft) ).
Compliance with the ”Condition spéciale” noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct narrow runways operations. Such authorization must
be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.

2 – LIMITATIONS
The limitations of section 2 of this Flight Manual must be completed by the
following :
- Minimum runway width : 14 m (46 ft).
- Maximum crosswind for take off and landing : 25 kt.
- The following equipments are required :
– both ACW generators
– both main and DC auxiliary hydraulic pumps
– MFC modules 1B and 2B
– Nose wheel steering
NOTE : Refer to MMEL (ATA 61) in case of PEC inoperative.

3 – NORMAL PROCEDURES
The procedures of section 3 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.
In addition :
– take–off must be performed with BLEEDS OFF
– whoever is the PF (CM1 or CM2) :
• at take–off, CM1 should keep his hand on nose wheel steering until 90
kt
• At landing, CM1 should be ready to use nose wheel steering as soon as
the nose wheel is on the ground.

4 – EMERGENCY PROCEDURES and PROCEDURES FOLLOWING


FAILURES
The procedures of sections 4 and 5 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.

Mod : 4718 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.09 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 09 DGAC JAN 97
MAY 98
APPROVED
MAR 97

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS cont’d

5 – PERFORMANCE
Correct the V1 limited by VMCG value (see graph in 6.03) by adding :

Runway width V1 limited by VMCG increase

R 25.5 m (83 ft) to 30 m (98 ft) 0 kt


23.5 m (77 ft) to 25.5 m (83 ft) 1 kt
21.5 m (70 ft) to 23.5 m (77 ft) 2 kt
20 m (65 ft) to 21.5 m (70 ft) 3 kt
18.5 m (60 ft) to 20 m (65 ft) 4 kt
17 m (55 ft) to 18.5 m (60 ft) 5 kt
15.5 m (50 ft) to 17 m (55 ft) 6 kt
14 m (46 ft) to 15.5 m (50 ft) 8 kt

Mod : 4718 Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.10 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 – RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2%

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 01.11 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM APPENDIX No 11 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

POWER PLANT

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.12
APPENDICES MAY 00
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 01
APPROVED
MAY 02
SEP 01

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

This appendix applies only to aircraft de/anti iced before take off, using fluids
type II or type IV.

These types of fluids may lead to an increase in control forces necessary to


rotate, and then to a modification of take off performances.

Therefore this Flight Manual must be modified as follows :


R

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
See 7.01.12 page 1A–001

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
See 7.01.12 page 1B–001

NOTE :Compliance Method 2 requires dedicated crew training

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in Section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following
for take off computations :
Determine VR for the lowest available V2
Assume V1 = VR
Increase TOR, TOD, ASD by 20 %

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply take off penalties due to the use of fluids type II or IV.

Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :


Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
Take off with flaps retracted.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1B 001
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
CREW TRAINING REQUIRED
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the
following :
The Captain must be the pilot flying and the pre–take off briefing must include
the following take off procedure (point 5).

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable with the addition
of the following :
TAKE OFF SEQUENCE
In case of difficulties to rotate, the Captain should require the non flying pilot
assistance.
In that case, on CPT order, PNF pulls the control column until 5_ pitch attitude
is reached, then PNF releases the controls.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following :
Increase the TOD by 80m.

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply the take off penalty due to the use of fluids type II or IV.
Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :
Pitch elevators disconnected, even for ferry flight
Take off with flaps retracted.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


LIMITATIONS
Cockpit door must be checked closed and locked before taxi.
Perform daily the functional test of the cockpit door locking system :
See this appendix Normal Procedure part.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Daily Check
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- EMER PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
In the cockpit :
- Check buzzer
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
H If correct :
In the cockpit :
- TOGGLE SW on COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . DENY
- Check buzzer stops
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes and DENIED LIGHT illuminates
H If correct :
- TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THE MANUAL LOCK BOLTS
Before Taxi
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Before leaving the aircraft
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

.. / ..

Mod : 5377 + 5434 ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 200
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 EASA MAY 05
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


(Cont’d)

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Electrical Power Lost
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
Cockpit Door Jammed
D When cockpit exit required
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Disconnect PLUG on top of the door
- Remove the safety pins from the door
- Push and remove corresponding door panel

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
DC ESS BUS Lost
- Apply Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates procedure
- Note : Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT is inoperative.

PERFORMANCE NO CHANGE

Mod : 5465 ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 01.14
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 14 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

CORPORATE LOUNGE
NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 -- 01.15 OCT 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567.

LIMITATIONS
Installation of APM does not induce any specific limitations.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Final Cockpit Preparation
- APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . SELECT MINIMUM WEIGHT
- APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . SELECT TAKE OFF WEIGHT
Daily Check
- Press the PTT PB and check dedicated lights, master caution illumination
and single chime
In Flight, Climb, Cruise and Descent
- APM LIGHTS and CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
DCRUISE SPEED LOW light illuminated
Appears in cruise only, to inform the crew that an abnormal drag
increase induces a speed decrease of more than 10 kt compared
with the expected speed
- ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

.. / ..

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.15 OCT 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM (Cont’d)


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567.
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES AND PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE

" APM FAULT light illuminated


- APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" DEGRADED PERF light illuminated with CAUTION and SINGLE CHIME
Mainly appears in level flight after CRUISE SPEED LOW or in climb to inform
the crew that an abnormal drag increase induces a speed decrease or a loss
of rate of climb.
The most probable cause is an abnormal ice accretion :
- AIRFRAME DE--ICING ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- IAS > RED BUG + 10 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
- AP (if engaged) . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
JIf SEVERE ICING conditions confirmed (unexpected decrease in
speed or rate of climb, visual cues)
or
JIf impossibility to maintain IAS > RED BUG + 10 kt in level flight
or
JIf abnormal aircraft handling feeling
- SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
JIf not
- SCHEDULED FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
- ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

" INCREASE SPEED light illuminated flashing with CAUTION and


SINGLE CHIME
Appears after DEGRADED PERF to inform the crew that the drag is
abnormally high and IAS is lower than RED BUG + 10 KT.
JIf abnormal conditions confirmed
- IMMEDIATELY PUSH THE STICK TO INCREASE SPEED
TO RECOVER MINIMUM IAS = RED BUG + 10 KT
- SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.16
APPENDICES OCT 05
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 16 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with
R mod 5570 (GNSS) or mod 8431 (KLN90B).

LIMITATIONS
The installed Mode S system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO Doc
7030/4, Regional Supplementary Procedures for SSR Mode S Enhanced
Surveillance in designated European airspace. The capability to transmit data
parameters is shown in column 2 :

Parameter Available/Not available

Magnetic Heading Available


Indicated Airspeed
Mach No Available
Vertical Rate Available
Roll Angle Available
True Air Speed Available
True Track Angle Available only on aircraft fitted
R wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Groundspeed Available only on aircraft fitted
R wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Selected Altitude Available
Barometric Pressure Setting Available

To be inserted in the flight manual and record sheet amended accordingly

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.17 NOV 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 17 EASA OCT 06
APPROVED

ACARS
Mod 5506 not installed.

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.18
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 18 EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS

CONDITIONS
Anomalous heading errors may occur on aircraft equipped with the Honeywell
AH--600 AHRS during high latitude operations, where the earth’s magnetic lines of
force have inclinations of greater than 75 degrees.

PROCEDURES
- Take special care to keep the slip indicator centered in order to minimize heading
errors.
- Crosscheck AHRS heading information with that of standby compass.

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.19
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 19 EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

UNPAVED RUNWAYS

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 – 02.00 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 00

INTRODUCTION

Following sections cover AFM amendments associated with MMEL dispatch.

No combination of the hereafter considered cases is allowed for dispatch :

01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative


02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or removed
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.01 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC MAR 97 DEC 95
APPROVED
FEB 96

APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL
INOPERATIVE

R - Perform a take off with flaps 15


- If accelerate stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKING has to be used.
- Check EMER BRAKING effect on ASD
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take off climb
- Check single engine ceiling by using a weight penalty
- Avoid icing conditions
- Taxi on both engines

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.01 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96
EMERGENCY BRAKING
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

R Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.01 MAY 95
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 95
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA
FEB 96
OCT 06 MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 05
EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2nd SEGMENT CLIMB
AND APPROACH CLIMB

22 22

LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
(1000 48 48

(1000
(1000

(1000
21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40

R 18 18

38 38

17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.01 MAY 95
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 95
PAGE : 4 001 FEB 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA MAR 97
OCT 06
APPROVED MAY 05

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

24 24

LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
52 52

(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
23 23

50 50

22 22
48 48

21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

R
40 40
18 18

38 38
17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.02 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 02 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH SPOILERS CONTROL SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE

R Perform a take off with flaps 15


Increase VMCA by 3 kt
Increase VMCL by 6 kt with flaps 35
Increase VMCL by 3 kt with flaps 25
Maximum crosswind on dry runway : 20 kt
Take off with fuel unbalance must be avoided

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED
FEB 96
MAR 97
DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED MAY 98

- Authorized only if aircraft is not operated into known or forecast icing


conditions.

- Determine for V2=1.2VSR (Chapter 6–03 Flaps 15):


- 2nd segment climb requirement
- V1, VR (assume V1 = VR), V2 (CAS flaps 15)
- TOR, TOD and ASD with V1/VR = 1
- V1, VR and V2 IAS flaps 0 are obtained by adding 12 kt to the previously
determined CAS values.
- Check V1 limited by brake energy (Chapter 6 flaps 15)
- Check effect on 2nd segment (page 2)
- Check effect on TOR, TOD and ASD (pages 3 to 5)

- Inhibit config warning by depressing WARNING pb when applying power on


the brakes. (note CAP lt will not extinguish)

- Determine climb gradient and approach climb gradient limiting weight with
V=1.23VSR Flaps 25
- Landing speed : 1.23VSR Flaps 0
R - Landing distance: multiply landing distance flaps 35 by 1.35

Pitch trim setting for flaps 0 take off :


CG% 15 20 25 30 36

TRIM° 2.1 1.6 1 0.3 0.5


UP UP UP UP DOWN

ATR42 model : 400/500


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


SECOND SEGMENT CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.04 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 04 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 03
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ONE WHEEL BRAKE DEACTIVATED MAR 97
OR REMOVED

R LIMITATIONS

–Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

–No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

–Perform a take off with flaps 15


–Multiply ASD BY 1.1
–Check V1 < 0.8 of V1 max brake energy
LANDING

–Multiply LDG DIST by 1.1 (valid for all configurations)

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.05 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 03
APPROVED

FEB 96

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE APR 96


MAR 97

R LIMITATIONS

– Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

– No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

– Perform a take off with flaps 15


– Check ANTI SKID OFF effect on ASD (page 2)
LANDING

– Multiply LDG DIST by 1.4 (valid for all configurations)

... / ...

ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 02.05
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)

ANTI SKID OFF EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

ASD ACTUAL
ASD

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.06 MAY 95
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC MAY 01
FEB 96
APPROVED APR 96
MAR 97
OCT 00
DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

Uptrim and AFU are considered operative. If not, refer to the connected
R
procedure.

– Perform a take off with flaps 15


– Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt
– Increase VR by 2 kt
– Increase VMCA by 3 kt, check VR, V2
– Increase VMCL by 3 kt
– Check effect on TOR, TOD, 2nd segment climb

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1, do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE EEC OFF FEB 96

CAUTION :Set MAN IGN to ON during the flight if the following cases are APR 96
encountered :
– Icing conditions
– Engine(s) flame out
– Emer descent
– Severe turbulence
– Heavy rain
– ON GROUND :
• For taxi and prolonged ground operations near idle feather the
affected engine to avoid prolonged use within prohibited range.
• Keep operative EEC selected ON for taxi
NOTE :If taxi is supposed to be performed with significant tailwind component,
affected engine will be started up at the end of taxi prior to take off.
– TAKE OFF :
• Take off must be performed with BLEED VALVES OFF and ATPCS
R OFF. Flaps must be set to 15
• In case of atmospheric or ground icing conditions
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
• Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt.
• Increase VR by 3 kt
• Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
• Check EEC OFF and ATPCS OFF effect on performances
• Engine with operative EEC must be set to RTO power by pushing PL
up to the ramp.
• Engine with inoperative EEC must be set to RTO power ( 2 %) by
adjusting PL
• Release the brakes when both torques reach 40 %
NOTE :If acceleration stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKE must be used
and a one second stop must be observed at FI before setting PLs below.
– CLIMB SEQUENCE :
• Reduce both torques by 10 % average
• PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMB
• BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
• Set both PLs as to reach ENGINE TQ (automatic bug)
NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 :
– do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA before feathering
– readjust RTO power upon reaching acceleration height.
– APPROACH : Increase VMCL by 3 kt
– FINAL APPROACH
• CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
SUPPLEMENT No 07 FEB 96
AFM DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
SUPPLEMENT No 07 FEB 96
AFM DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
FEB 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001
FEB 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.08
SUPPLEMENTS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 08 DGAC MAY 01 FEB 96
APPROVED
MAR 97
OCT 00
DISPATCH WITH ONE AFU INOPERATIVE

R CAUTION : A maintenance procedure is required. Refer to MMEL 1–77 page 1


R item 001.

Apply dispatch with ATPCS OFF procedure (supplement no10)

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99 DEC 95
APPROVED
MAY 98
R DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
J If only the FDAU bug is inoperative
Consider FDAU bug value on operative side.

J If TQ needle indication is inoperative, perform ATPCS test :


H If ATPCS is operative : no penalties.
H If ATPCS is inoperative, then refer to 7.02.10 : dispatch with ATPCS
inoperative.
J If TQ digital counter is inoperative :
H If associated EEC FAULT lt is not illuminated : no penalties.
H If associated EEC FAULT lt is illuminated, then refer to 7.02.07 : dispatch
with EEC inoperative.
J If both pointer and counter are inoperative on one side :

ATPCS and both EEC must be operative


• TAKE OFF
Check effect on performances (pages 2 to 5)
Increase VR by 2 kt
Use minimum fuel flow tables (pages 6 to 11)
CAUTION : Note RTO and MCT min fuel flow to be applied in case of
engine flame out at take off.
Both EEC ON ; ATPCS ON ; both bleed OFF
Both PL in the notch
Before 50 kt check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is
lower than anticipated by take off min fuel flow table. Observe ITT
limitation.
• CLIMB / CRUISE
Both bleed ON
Check engine fuel flow on inoperative side and maintain it within  5 %
band of opposite engine one.
• GO AROUND
Push both PL up to the ramp
Check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is lower than
anticipated by go around min fuel flow table. Observe ITT limitation.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)

NOTE :This graph is also valid for Final Take off, single engine ceiling and
approach climb weights.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 6 001
MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 50. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
–1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

– 40. 456. 453. 449. 444. 440. 436. 433. 430. 427. 425. 425.
– 30. 464. 460. 455. 451. 447. 443. 439. 435. 434. 432. 431.
– 20. 465. 465. 461. 457. 453. 449. 445. 442. 440. 437. 437.
– 16. 472. 467. 463. 459. 455. 451. 448. 445. 442. 440. 439.
– 14. 473. 468. 464. 460. 456. 452. 449. 446. 443. 441. 440.
– 12. 474. 469. 465. 461. 457. 453. 450. 447. 444. 442. 441.
– 10. 475. 470. 466. 462. 458. 455. 451. 448. 446. 443. 442.
– 8. 476. 471. 467. 463. 459. 456. 452. 449. 447. 444. 443.
– 6. 477. 472. 468. 464. 460. 457. 453. 450. 448. 445. 444.
– 4. 477. 473. 469. 465. 462. 458. 454. 451. 449. 447. 445.
– 2. 478. 474. 470. 466. 463. 459. 455. 452. 450. 448. 447.
0. 479. 475. 471. 467. 464. 460. 457. 453. 451. 449. 448.
2. 480. 476. 472. 468. 465. 461. 458. 454. 452. 450. 449.
4. 481. 477. 473. 469. 466. 462. 459. 455. 453. 451. 450.
6. 482. 478. 474. 470. 467. 463. 460. 456. 454. 452. 451.
8. 483. 479. 475. 471. 468. 464. 461. 457. 455. 453. 452.
10. 484. 480. 476. 472. 469. 465. 462. 459. 456. 454. 451.
12. 485. 481. 477. 473. 469. 466. 463. 460. 457. 455. 448.
14. 486. 481. 478. 474. 470. 467. 464. 461. 458. 452. 443.
16. 487. 482. 479. 475. 471. 468. 465. 462. 459. 447. 439.
18. 487. 483. 479. 476. 472. 469. 466. 463. 460. 442. 434.
20. 488. 484. 480. 477. 473. 470. 467. 464. 454. 437. 428.
22. 489. 485. 481. 477. 474. 471. 468. 465. 449. 431. 423.
24. 490. 486. 482. 478. 475. 472. 468. 460. 443. 426. 417.
26. 491. 487. 483. 479. 476. 473. 469. 454. 437. 420. 412.
28. 492. 487. 484. 480. 477. 473. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
30. 492. 488. 484. 481. 477. 474. 460. 443. 426. 409. 401.
32. 493. 489. 485. 482. 478. 472. 454. 437. 420. 404. 396.
34. 494. 490. 486. 482. 479. 466. 448. 431. 414. 398. 390.
36. 495. 491. 487. 483. 477. 459. 442. 425. 408. 393. 385.
38. 495. 491. 487. 484. 470. 453. 435. 419. 403. 387. 379.
40. 496. 492. 488. 482. 464. 446. 429. 413. 397.
42. 497. 493. 489. 475. 457. 440. 423. 407.
44. 498. 494. 486. 468. 451. 434. 417.
46. 498. 494. 479. 461. 444. 427.
48. 499. 490. 472. 454. 437.
50. 500. 483. 465. 448.
52. 494. 475. 458.
54. 486. 468.
55. 482. 464.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 7 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

RESERVE TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 50. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
–1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

– 40. 492. 487. 483. 479. 476. 473. 471. 469. 467. 467. 467.
– 30. 499. 494. 490. 486. 483. 480. 477. 475. 474. 473. 473.
– 20. 505. 501. 497. 492. 489. 486. 484. 482. 481. 480. 480.
– 16. 508. 503. 499. 495. 492. 489. 486. 485. 483. 482. 482.
– 14. 509. 505. 500. 496. 493. 490. 488. 486. 485. 483. 483.
– 12. 510. 506. 502. 498. 494. 492. 489. 487. 486. 485. 485.
– 10. 511. 507. 503. 499. 496. 493. 490. 488. 487. 486. 486.
– 8. 512. 508. 504. 500. 497. 494. 491. 490. 488. 487. 487.
– 6. 514. 509. 505. 501. 498. 495. 493. 491. 489. 488. 488.
– 4. 515. 511. 507. 503. 499. 496. 494. 492. 491. 490. 489.
– 2. 516. 512. 508. 504. 500. 498. 495. 493. 492. 491. 490.
0. 517. 513. 509. 505. 501. 499. 496. 494. 493. 492. 492.
2. 518. 514. 510. 506. 503. 500. 498. 495. 494. 493. 493.
4. 519. 515. 511. 507. 504. 501. 499. 496. 495. 494. 494.
6. 520. 516. 512. 509. 505. 502. 500. 498. 496. 495. 495.
8. 521. 517. 513. 510. 506. 503. 501. 499. 497. 497. 496.
10. 522. 518. 515. 511. 507. 504. 502. 500. 499. 498. 496.
12. 523. 519. 516. 512. 508. 505. 503. 501. 500. 499. 491.
14. 524. 520. 517. 513. 510. 507. 504. 502. 501. 495. 486.
16. 525. 521. 518. 514. 511. 508. 505. 503. 502. 490. 480.
18. 526. 522. 519. 515. 512. 509. 506. 504. 503. 484. 474.
20. 527. 523. 520. 516. 513. 510. 507. 506. 496. 477. 467.
22. 528. 524. 521. 517. 514. 511. 509. 507. 489. 470. 461.
24. 529. 525. 522. 518. 515. 512. 510. 502. 482. 464. 454.
26. 530. 526. 523. 519. 516. 513. 511. 494. 475. 457. 448.
28. 531. 527. 524. 520. 517. 514. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 532. 528. 525. 521. 518. 515. 500. 481. 462. 444. 436.
32. 533. 529. 526. 522. 519. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 534. 530. 527. 523. 520. 506. 486. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 535. 531. 527. 524. 518. 498. 479. 461. 443. 426. 418.
38. 535. 532. 528. 525. 511. 491. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 536. 533. 529. 523. 503. 484. 466. 448. 431.
42. 537. 534. 530. 515. 496. 477. 459. 441.
44. 538. 534. 527. 507. 488. 470. 452.
46. 539. 535. 519. 500. 481. 463.
48. 540. 530. 511. 492. 473.
50. 540. 522. 503. 484.
52. 533. 513. 494.
54. 524. 505.
55. 520. 501.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 8 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

GO AROUND MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 100. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT (C)
–1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

– 40. 492. 487. 483. 479. 475 471. 468. 465. 463. 462. 462.
– 30. 499. 494. 490. 485. 482. 478. 475. 472. 470. 469. 468.
– 20. 506. 501. 497. 492. 488. 485. 481. 479. 477. 475. 475.
– 16. 508. 504. 499. 495. 491. 488. 484. 481. 479. 477. 477.
– 14. 509. 505. 500. 496. 492. 489. 485. 483. 481. 479. 478.
– 12. 511. 506. 502. 497. 494. 490. 487. 484. 482. 480. 479.
– 10. 512. 507. 503. 499. 495. 491. 488. 485. 483. 481. 481.
– 8. 513. 508. 504. 500. 496. 493. 489. 486. 484. 483. 482.
– 6. 514. 510. 505. 501. 497. 494. 491. 487. 486. 484. 483.
– 4. 515. 511. 507. 502. 498. 495. 492. 489. 487. 485. 484.
– 2. 516. 512. 508. 504. 500. 496. 493. 490. 488. 486. 485.
0. 517. 513. 509. 505. 501. 497. 494. 491. 489. 487. 487.
2. 518. 514. 510. 506. 502. 499. 496. 492. 490. 489. 488.
4. 519. 515. 511. 507. 503. 500. 497. 494. 491. 490. 489.
6. 520. 516. 512. 508. 504. 501. 498. 495. 493. 491. 490.
8. 522. 517. 513. 509. 506. 502. 499. 496. 494. 492. 491.
10. 523. 518. 514. 510. 507. 503. 500. 497. 495. 493. 492.
12. 524. 519. 515. 512. 508. 504. 501. 498. 496. 494. 488.
14. 525. 521. 517. 513. 509. 505. 502. 500. 497. 492. 483.
16. 526. 522. 518. 514. 510. 506. 503. 501. 498. 487. 477.
18. 527. 523. 519. 515. 511. 508. 505. 502. 499. 481. 472.
20. 527. 523. 520. 516. 512. 509. 506. 503. 495. 475. 466.
22. 528. 524. 521. 517. 513. 510. 507. 504. 488. 469. 460.
24. 529. 525. 522. 518. 514. 511. 508. 501. 482. 463. 453.
26. 530. 526. 523. 519. 515. 512. 509. 494. 475. 456. 447.
28. 531. 527. 524. 520. 516. 513. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 532. 528. 524. 521. 517. 514. 500. 481. 462. 444. 435.
32. 533. 529. 525. 522. 518. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 534. 530. 526. 523. 519. 506. 487. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 535. 531. 527. 524. 519. 499. 480. 461. 444. 426. 418.
38. 536. 532. 528. 525. 511. 492. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 536. 533. 529. 524. 504. 485. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
42. 537. 534. 530. 516. 497. 478. 459. 442. 425.
44. 538. 534. 528. 509. 489. 471. 453. 435.
46. 539. 535. 520. 501. 482. 463. 446.
48. 540. 532. 512. 493. 474. 456.
50. 540. 524. 504. 485. 467.
52. 535. 515. 496. 477.
54. 526. 507. 488.
55. 522. 502.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 9 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 120. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

–56. 474. 464. 456. 450. 448. 448. 449. 449. 450. 422. 387. 354. 324. 310.
–52. 477. 467. 459. 453. 450. 451. 451. 452. 452. 424. 389. 356. 326. 312.
–48. 480. 471. 462. 456. 453. 453. 454. 454. 455. 418. 384. 352. 322. 308.
–44. 483. 474. 465. 459. 456. 456. 456. 457. 449. 413. 380. 348. 319. 305.
–40. 486. 477. 468. 462. 458. 458. 459. 459. 442. 407. 375. 344. 315. 302.

–36. 489. 479. 471. 465. 461. 461. 461. 462. 436. 401. 370. 340. 311. 298.
–32. 492. 482. 474. 468. 464. 463. 464. 464. 431. 396. 365. 336. 308. 295.
–28. 494. 485. 477. 470. 466. 465. 466. 460. 424. 390. 360. 331. 304. 291.
–24. 497. 488. 480. 473. 469. 468. 468. 452. 417. 384. 354. 326. 299. 286.
–20. 500. 491. 482. 476. 471. 470. 471. 445. 410. 377. 349. 321. 294. 282.

–16. 502. 493. 485. 478. 474. 472. 473. 438. 404. 372. 344. 317. 291. 278.
–12. 504. 496. 488. 480. 476. 475. 468. 432. 398. 367. 339. 312. 287. 275.
–8. 507. 498. 490. 483. 479. 477. 462. 426. 392. 362. 334. 308. 283. 271.
–4. 509. 501. 493. 486. 481. 479. 454. 419. 386. 356. 329. 303. 278. 267.
0. 511. 503. 495. 488. 484. 482. 446. 411. 379. 350. 323. 298. 274. 262.

4. 514. 505. 498. 491. 486. 474. 438. 404. 373. 344. 318. 293. 270. 258.
8. 516. 508. 500. 493. 488. 463. 428. 395. 365. 337. 311. 287. 264. 253.
12. 518. 510. 502. 495. 491. 455. 420. 388. 358. 331. 306. 282. 259.
16. 520. 512. 504. 498. 483. 447. 414. 382. 353. 326. 302.
20. 522. 514. 507. 500. 475. 440. 407. 376. 347. 321.

24. 524. 516. 509. 501. 465. 430. 398. 368. 340.
28. 525. 518. 511. 487. 452. 418. 387. 358.
32. 527. 520. 508. 473. 439. 406. 376.
36. 529. 522. 494. 459. 426. 395.
40. 531. 519. 483. 450. 417.

44. 532. 508. 473. 440.


48. 533. 497. 462.
52. 520. 485.
56. 508.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 10 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 140. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

–56. 472. 462. 454. 447. 443. 444. 443. 441. 438. 417. 388. 362. 336. 324.
–52. 475. 466. 457. 450. 446. 446. 446. 444. 440. 419. 390. 364. 338. 326.
–48. 479. 469. 460. 453. 449. 449. 448. 447. 443. 415. 386. 360. 334. 322.
–44. 482. 472. 463. 456. 452. 451. 451. 449. 446. 410. 382. 355. 330. 317.
–40. 484. 475. 466. 459. 454. 454. 453. 452. 441. 406. 377. 351. 325. 313.

–36. 487. 478. 469. 462. 457. 456. 456. 454. 436. 401. 373. 346. 320. 308.
–32. 490. 481. 472. 465. 459. 458. 458. 457. 431. 397. 369. 342. 316. 304.
–28. 493. 484. 475. 468. 462. 461. 461. 460. 425. 392. 363. 337. 311. 299.
–24. 495. 486. 478. 470. 465. 463. 463. 454. 418. 385. 358. 331. 306. 294.
–20. 498. 489. 481. 473. 467. 465. 466. 447. 412. 380. 352. 325. 300. 288.

–16. 500. 492. 483. 476. 470. 468. 468. 441. 407. 375. 347. 321. 295. 283.
–12. 503. 494. 486. 478. 473. 470. 470. 435. 401. 370. 342. 316. 291. 279.
–8. 505. 496. 488. 481. 475. 473. 465. 429. 396. 365. 337. 311. 286. 274.
–4. 508. 499. 491. 484. 478. 475. 457. 422 389. 359. 332. 306. 281. 270.
0. 510. 501. 493. 486. 480. 477. 449. 415. 383. 353. 326. 301. 276. 265.

4. 512. 503. 496. 489. 483. 477. 441. 408. 377. 347. 321. 296. 272. 261.
8. 514. 506. 498. 491. 485. 466. 431. 399. 368. 340. 314. 290. 266. 255.
12. 516. 508. 500. 493. 488. 458. 424. 392. 362. 334. 309. 285. 262. 251.
16. 518. 510. 502. 496. 486. 451. 418. 386. 357. 329. 304. 280.
20. 520. 512. 505. 498. 478. 444. 411. 380. 351. 324. 299.

24. 522. 514. 507. 500. 468. 434. 402. 372. 344. 317.
28. 524. 516. 509. 490. 455. 422. 391. 362. 334.
32. 525. 518. 511. 476. 442. 410. 380.
36. 527. 520. 497. 462. 429. 398.
40. 529. 521. 486. 452. 420.

44. 530. 510. 475. 442.


48. 532. 499. 465.
52. 523. 487.
56. 511.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 11 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 160. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

–56. 471. 461. 452. 445. 440. 439. 437. 438. 439. 437. 409. 381. 353. 340.
–52. 474. 465. 456. 448. 443. 441. 440. 440. 442. 440. 411. 383. 355. 342.
–48. 477. 468. 459. 451. 446. 444. 443. 443. 445. 434. 406. 378. 350. 337.
–44. 480. 471. 462. 454. 449. 447. 445. 446. 447. 429. 400. 372. 345. 332.
–40. 483. 474. 465. 458. 451. 449. 448. 448. 450. 423. 394. 367. 340. 327.

–36. 486. 477. 468. 460. 454. 452. 451. 451. 448. 417. 389. 361. 334. 322.
–32. 489. 479. 471. 463. 457. 454. 453. 453. 443. 411. 383. 356. 329. 317.
–28. 491. 482. 474. 466. 460. 457. 456. 456. 436. 405. 377. 350. 323. 311.
–24. 494. 485. 477. 469. 463. 459. 458. 458. 429. 397. 370. 343. 317. 304.
–20. 496. 488. 480. 472. 465. 462. 460. 455. 421. 390. 363. 336. 310. 298.

–16. 499. 490. 482. 474. 468. 464. 463. 449. 415. 384. 357. 330. 305. 293.
–12. 501. 493. 485. 477. 471. 467. 465. 442. 409. 378. 351. 325. 299. 287.
–8. 504. 495. 487. 480. 473. 469. 468. 436. 403. 372. 344. 319. 294. 282.
–4. 506. 497. 490. 482. 476. 471. 463. 428. 396. 365. 338. 313. 288. 277.
0. 508. 500. 492. 485. 478. 473. 456. 421. 389. 359. 332. 307. 283. 272.

4. 510. 502. 495. 487. 481. 475. 448. 414. 382. 352. 326. 301. 278. 267.
8. 512. 504. 497. 490. 483. 472. 437. 404. 373. 345. 319. 295. 272. 261.
12. 514. 506. 499. 492. 485. 464. 429. 397. 367. 339. 314. 290. 268. 257.
16. 516. 508. 501. 494. 488. 456. 422. 391. 361. 334. 309. 286.
20. 518. 510. 503. 497. 485. 449. 416. 385. 356. 329. 304.

24. 520. 512. 505. 499. 475. 440. 407. 377. 348. 322.
28. 522. 514. 508. 496. 462. 428. 396. 367. 339.
32. 523. 516. 509. 482. 449. 416. 385. 356.
36. 525. 518. 502. 468. 436. 404. 374.
40. 527. 519. 492. 458. 426. 395.

44. 528. 515. 481. 448. 417.


48. 530. 503. 470.
52. 527. 491.
56. 515.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 01
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF MAR 97
OCT 00
R AFU is considered operative. If not, refer to the connected procedure.

- Perform a take off with flaps 15


- Select ATPCS OFF and BLEED VALVES OFF
- Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt
- Increase VR by 2 kt
- Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
- Increase VMCL by 3 kt
- Check ATPCS inoperative effect on TOR, TOD and 2nd segment
- Apply RTO power by pushing both PLs up to the ramp
- After take off set both PLs into the notches, then apply CLIMB SEQUENCE
- BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC
FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC FEB 96
MAR 97
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Mod : – Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.11 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN APR 96

R - Flight in icing conditions is prohibited.


R - Perform a take off with flaps 15.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take–off climb.
R - Check weight penalty on single engine ceiling computation.
- During the climb sequence after take off extinguish TO INHI light by pressing
RCL pb.
- Limit maximum speed to 165 kt.

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 -- 02.11 FEB 96
SUPPLEMENTS MAR 97
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 05
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA OCT 06
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2nd SEGMENT CLIMB


AND APPROACH CLIMB

22 22
LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
48 48
(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

38 38

17 17

R 36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.11 FEB 96
SUPPLEMENTS MAR 97
PAGE : 3 001 MAY 05
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

24 24

LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
52 52

(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
23 23

50 50

22 22
48 48

21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

R
38 38
17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 02.12 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 12 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED FEB 96
APR 96
FERRY FLIGHT WITH PITCH ELEVATORS
DISCONNECTED

- For ONE FLIGHT WITHOUT PAX


R - Perform a take off with flaps 15
- No operation into known or forecast icing conditions
- Check both control columns free
- Check CG is between 24 % and 32 %
- Max take–off weight : 16 T (35200 lb)
- Max crosswind at landing : 15 kt
- Performance computed with V2 = 1.21 VSR
- Max load factor : 2 g
- Max speed : 180 kt

For approach and landing

- Refer to FCOM 2.02.06 and AFM 5.04

Mod : – Eng : – ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED
FEB 96
MAR 97
CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS MAY 98

R GENERAL
This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved by the
Authority in the form of guidance material, to assist operators in developing
suitable guidance, recommandations or instructions for use by their flight
crews when operating on wet/contaminated runway surface conditions.
Unless otherwise stated, this information does not in any way replace or amend
the operating limitations and performance information listed in other parts of
this approved aeroplane flight manual.

A non dry runway is contaminated, if more than 25 % of the required area are
covered by the contaminant.

A runway may be contaminated by :


- standing water : depth higher than 3 mm (1/8 in)
- slush or loose snow, equivalent to more than 3 mm (1/8 in) of water
- compacted snow
- ice

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
Slush and water have same impact on aircraft performance.

Loose snow is considered as slush. To determine the equivalent slush depth,


multiply the loose snow depth by the actual loose snow density divided by 0.8.

Four cases have been considered :


- water 6.3 mm (1/4 in) applicable for depths between 3 and 6.3 mm of water
or less than 6.3 mm of slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- water 12.7 mm (1/2 in) applicable for depths between 6.3 and 12.7 mm of
water or slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The performance determination philosophy remains the same than in
6.03.02. Refer to 7.03.01 p.2 for V1 limited by VMCG data.
For each runway condition are provided :
- take off run
- take off distance (between brakes release and 15 ft height with one engine
inoperative).
NOTE : If 35 ft is required at the end of TOD:
– apply TOR, TOD calculated on a dry runway for compacted snow
and ice runways,
– apply TOR, TOD corrections given pages 22B to 22E to the
15 ft computation, for water covered runways.
- accelerate stop distance. They are basically computed with the use of both
reverses. Additional pages are provided to supply data in case of no
reverser and are to be used for flight preparation.
Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a
sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not
recommended to use single engine reverse thrust for accelerate stop.
- VR.
These data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions. In case of
atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects (runway
conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

NOTE 1 : Wind and slope corrections are the same as for dry runways.
NOTE 2 : Operation on a contaminated runway at a weight in excess of that
permitted on an equivalent dry runway is not allowed.

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAY 98
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

R Refer to chapter 6.03 :

V1 limited by VMCG on DRY RUNWAYS

ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 3 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 4 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 5 170 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 6 001
MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 98
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

R
ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER
THEORETICAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 7 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 8 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 9 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS MAR 97
PAGE : 10 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF –
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 11 001
MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAR 97
APPROVED

MAY 98
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

R
ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER
THEORETICAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 12 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
APPROVED MAR 97

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 13 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 14 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 15 170 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF –
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 16 001
MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 98
COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

R
ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER
THEORETICAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 17 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 18 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 19 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 20 170
MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 21 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAR 97
APPROVED
MAY 98
ICE COVERED RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

R
ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER
THEORETICAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW127E ATR42 model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 22 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
APPROVED MAR 97

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 22B 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0
v500–aag66–tortf2j1

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE :22D 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0

V500_AAG66_TODTF2J1

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 23 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 00 DEC 95
APPROVED
FEB 96

LANDING MAR 97
MAY 99
Three cases of contaminated runways have been considered :
- water : applicable for depths between 3 mm ( 1/8 in ) and 12.7 mm (1/2 in) of
water, or less than 12.7 mm (1/2 in) of slush or equivalent depth of loose
snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The landing distance is computed with and without the use of reversers.

Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a


R sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not recommended
to use single engine reverse thrust. The actual landing distances without
reversers, only, are to be used for flight preparation.

The following data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions.

In case of atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects


(runway conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

ATR42 model : 400 – 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 24 170
MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH DEPTH

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


R

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01 OCT 96
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 24A 270 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
MAY 98
MAY 03
APPROVED

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH DEPTH

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 25)

8000

(FT)
7500

7000

6500

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS


6000

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


5500

5000

4500

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 25 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95
OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH.
R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : – Eng : ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 26 170 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


R

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 26A 270 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC
MAY 98
MAY 03
APPROVED

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 25)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

R Mod : 4372+ (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 27 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : – Eng : ATR42 model : 400–500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 28 170 MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE ( FLAPS 35 )

8000.

(FT)
7500.

7000.

6500.

6000.

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS


R

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


5500.

5000.

4500.

4000.

3500.

3000.

2500.

2000.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


7 – 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS OCT 96
PAGE : 28A 270
MAR 97
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 03 MAY 98
APPROVED

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE ( FLAPS 25 )

8000.

(FT)
7500.

7000.

6500.

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


6000.

5500.

5000.

4500.

4000.

3500.

3000.

2500.

2000.

R Mod : 4372 + (4450 or 4580) + 4540 Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 29 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95
OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY
R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : – Eng : ATR42 model : 400–500

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen